SENTRON
Switch Disconnectors
siemens.com/lowvoltage
Configu-
ration
Manual
Edition
10/2015
© Siemens AG 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Siemens · 10/2015
For further technical
product information:
Siemens Industry Online Support:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-
support ,
→
Entry type:
Application example
Certificate
Characteristic
Download
FAQ
Manual
Product note
Software archive
Technical data
2 Introduction
3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches
up to 250 A
4 Introduction
7 Front mounting
10 Floor mounting
11 Distribution board mounting
12 Molded-plastic enclosures
13 Accessories
5TE1 switch disconnectors
up to 200 A
15 Introduction
16 General data
3KD switch disconnectors
up to 1600 A
18 Introduction
19 General data
24 Technical features
36 Dimensions and
typical circuit diagrams
3KA, 3KE switch disconnectors
up to 1000 A
80 Introduction
83 Floor mounting
3VT switch disconnectors
up to 1600 A
86 Introduction
88 3VT1 switch disconnectors
up to 160 A
96 3VT2 switch disconnectors
up to 250 A
117 3VT3 switch disconnectors
up to 630 A
137 3VT4 switch disconnectors
up to 1000 A
138 3VT5 switch disconnectors
up to 1600 A
3KL switch disconnectors
with fuses up to 800 A
146 Introduction
148 Floor mounting
150 Fuses
3KM switch disconnectors
with fuses and isolating plug
connector up to 400 A
152 Introduction
154 For snapping onto busbar system
157 Fuses
8UD1 door-coupling
rotary operating mechanisms
159 For 3KD switch disconnectors
8UC7 door-coupling
rotary operating mechanisms
161 For 3K switch disconnectors
164 Individual parts
165 Operating mechanisms for fixed
mounting
3NJ62 in-line switch
disconnectors with fuses
up to 630 A
166 Introduction
169 General data
3NP1 fuse switch
disconnectors up to 630 A
182 Introduction
185 Fuses
188 Dimensions, hole drilling
templates, circuit diagrams
3NP5 fuse switch
disconnectors up to 630 A
194 Introduction
198 Fuses
3NJ4, 3NJ5 in-line fuse
switch disconnectors
up to 2000 A
201 Introduction
205 1-pole, switchable
206 3-pole, switchable
207 Accessories
Switch Disconnectors
PH_07.book Seite 1 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
2Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
■
Overview
1)
DC isolators
✓ Available
-- Not available or value on request
Type 3LD20
3LD21
3LD22
3LD25
3LD27
3D28
3LD23
3LD24
5TE1 3KD 3KA
3KE
3VT
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches Switch disconnectors
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
At 35 °C ambient
temperature
A16 / 25 /32 / 63 100 / 125 160 / 250 200 160 to 1600 Up to 1000 160 to 1600
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V690 690 690 690 690 690 690
DC VUp to 800
1)
-- -- Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440
Number of poles
3-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
4-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
6-pole ✓-- ✓-- ✓-- --
Rated operational power as AC-3 motor load switches
Operational switching of individual motors
• At 220 ... 240 V kW 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.5 / 11.0 18.5/22.0 35.0 / 55.0 -- -- -- --
• At 380 ... 440 V kW 5.5 / 7.5 / 9.5 / 18.5 30.0 / 37.0 50.0 / 110.0 -- -- -- --
• At 660/690 V kW 5.5 / 7.5 / 9.5 / 15.0 15.0 / 22.0 37.0 / 45.0 -- -- -- --
Rated operational power as AC-23A main control switches, repair switches
Frequent, but not operational switching of single motors
• At 220 ... 240 V kW 4.0 / 5.0 / 6.0 / 11.0 18.5 / 22.0 45.0 / 75.0 -- -- -- --
• At 380 ... 440 V kW 7.5 / 9.5 / 11.5 / 22.0 37.0 / 45.0 75.0 / 132.0 46 / 72 / 92 -- -- --
• At 660/690 V kW 7.5 / 9.5 / 11.5 / 18.5 30.0 / 37.0 45.0 / 55.0 36 / 60 / 76 -- -- --
Mounting
Standard mounting rail
acc. to EN 60715
-- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓
Busbar mounting -- -- -- -- ✓-- ✓
Front mounting
• Centralized ✓-- -- -- -- -- --
• Four-hole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Floor mounting
• Centralized ✓-- -- -- -- -- --
• Four-hole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Distribution board
mounting
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Molded-plastic enclosures ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓--
Switch accessories
4th pole (N conductor)
(leading switch-on,
lagging switch-off)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
N terminals ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PE terminals ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auxiliary contact elements ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PH_07.book Seite 2 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
3
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
Introduction
■
Overview (continued)
✓ Available
-- Not available
Type 3KL 3KM 3NJ62 3NP1 3NP5 3NJ4
3NJ5
Switch disconnectors with fuses Fuse switch disconnectors
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
At 35 °C ambient
temperature
A63 to 800 63 to 400 160 to 690 160 to 630 160 to 630 160 to 2000
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V690 690 Up to 690 690 690 690
DC VUp to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 Up to 440 --
Number of poles
1-pole -- -- -- -- -- ✓
2-pole -- -- ✓-- -- --
3-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
4-pole ✓-- ✓-- -- --
AC-21
At 400 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 500 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 690 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
AC-22
At 400 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 500 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 690 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
AC-23
At 400 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 500 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At 690 V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Mounting
Front mounting ✓ ✓ -- -- -- --
Floor mounting ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ --
Busbars
• 40 mm -- -- -- ✓ ✓ --
• 60 mm -- ✓-- ✓ ✓ --
• 185 mm -- -- ✓-- -- ✓
Molded-plastic enclosures ✓ ✓ -- -- -- --
Switch accessories
Auxiliary contact elements
• 1 NO or 2 NO ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- --
• 1 NC or 2 NC ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- --
•1NO + 1NC ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓--
• 1 CO or 2 CO ✓ ✓ -- ✓-- ✓
Fuse monitoring
• With circuit breakers -- ✓-- ✓ ✓ --
• With electronics ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Current transformers -- -- ✓-- -- ✓
PH_07.book Seite 3 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
4Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
■
Overview
The 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually
operated switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3/
VDE 0660 Part 107 (EN 60947-3) and comply with the conditions
for switch disconnectors.
In EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1), main control switches are
called "disconnector units", while EMERGENCY-STOP switches
are termed "devices for emergency shutdown".
The 3LD switches for 16 to 250 A are approved according to
UL 508 and can be used as "manual motor controllers" and
"motor disconnects". In addition, the 3LD switch disconnectors
have CCC certification.
Maintenance personnel can protect themselves against unau-
thorized startup with padlocks (up to three can be fitted).
The 3LD switches can be used in any mounting position.
■
Application
The 3LD switches are used for switching main and auxiliary
circuits, but also for switching induction motors and other loads
during maintenance and repair work.
The 3LD switches can be used as:
• ON-OFF switches
• EMERGENCY-STOP switches
• Main control switches according to EN 60204-1
4
7
6
5
3
2
1
NSG0_00112b
3
8
1 4th contact (N conductor)
2 N or PE/ground terminal, continuous
3 Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC
4 Rotary operating mechanism, red/yellow
5 Rotary operating mechanism, black
6 Front plate, English/German
7 Terminal cover, three-pole
8 Terminal cover, single-pole
PH_07.book Seite 4 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
5
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Introduction
■
Design
Design of the contacts
Each switch has three adjacent contact elements
1)
. A 4th
leading contact for switching the N conductor, a continuous
PE terminal, and an auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC) can be fitted
to each side of the switch. The auxiliary switches operate as
leading contacts on opening. On opening, the NO contact
opens before the main contacts, so that a contactor carries the
switching capacity in the circuit and the maintenance or safety
switch switches at zero current. On closing, the auxiliary switch
switches later than or at the same time as the main contacts.
Design of rotary operating mechanisms
The rotary operating mechanisms of the switches for front or
floor mounting are mounted on control cabinet doors, or on front
or side panels with four-hole or center-hole mounting with a stan-
dard diameter of 22.5 mm and are operated from the outside. In
their OFF position, they can be locked with up to three padlocks
with a hasp thickness of 8 mm. Controls with defeatable door-
coupling rotary operating mechanism are available in addition.
• Switching position indicator:
The switch position is clearly marked with direction arrows and
an "O" for OFF and a "I" for ON at the front.
• Switches for front mounting:
The switches for front mounting are connected directly to
the rotary operating mechanism through the fixing screws
or – in the case of center-hole mounting – a special-purpose
coupling.
• Switches for floor mounting:
The switches for floor mounting are snapped onto 35 mm
standard mounting rails according to EN 60715 or screw-
mounted on mounting plates. The actuators are connected to
the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which
can be released in its zero position, and a 300 mm long switch
shaft. When the control cabinet door is open, the switch can
be protected against inadvertent operation by removing the
switch shaft from the lower section of the switch.
The mounting depth can be adapted to individual require-
ments by adjusting the switch shaft length.
• Switches for distribution board mounting:
The switches for distribution board mounting are suited
for operation in distribution boards and for switching inside
control cabinets or distributors. They have cap and mounting
dimensions to DIN 43880 and can be fitted under the same
cover together with miniature circuit breakers. The selector
switches can be locked in their OFF position with up to
2 padlocks with a hasp thickness of 6 mm.
• Switches in molded-plastic enclosure:
For surface mounting of individual main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches, molded plastic-enclosed
switches to degree of protection IP65 are used. The
actuators can be locked in their OFF position with three
padlocks with a hasp thickness of 8 mm.
The molded-plastic enclosures each contain an N and/or
a PE terminal.
1)
16 A versions have four contact elements; 3-pole changeover switches
and 6-pole main control switches have six contact elements.
Switch for front mounting
with rotary operating mechanism,
3LD2704-0TK53
Switch for front mounting
with knob,
3LD2222-0TK1
3-pole changeover switch for front
mounting with knob,
3LD2122-7UK01
6-pole switch for front mounting with
rotary operating mechanism,
3LD2103-3VK53
Switch for floor mounting with rotary
operating mechanism and door coup-
ling, 3LD2144-0TK53
Switch for distribution board
mounting with knob,
3LD2530-0TK11
Switch in molded-plastic enclosure,
3LD2264-0TB5.
Switch for floor mounting
with rotary operating mechanism
and defeatable door coupling,
3LD2217-1TL13
DC isolators,
3LD2265-8VQ51-0AF6
Switch for floor mounting 250 A, with
rotary operating mechanism and
door coupling, 3LD2418-0TK13
PH_07.book Seite 5 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
6Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
■
Technical specifications
3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for UL/CSA as "manual motor controllers"
1)
Depending on the cable infeed, only small cross-sections are possible with
devices in molded-plastic enclosures
2)
Values in brackets apply to devices in molded-plastic enclosure
Standards DIN VDE 0660, IEC 60947
Switches Type 3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690
690
50 ... 60
Rated operational voltage U
e
V AC
Rated frequency Hz
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Rated short-time withstand current (1 s current, rms value) A 340 640 640 1260 2000 2000 4000 4000
Short-circuit protection, max. back-up fuse (gL) A20 25 40 63 100 125 160 250
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses
at 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC
kA
rms
50 50 50 50 50 20 50 50
Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s2.5 4 9 21 64 104 185 557
Permissible let-through current of the fuse kA 33.5 4.5 610 10 15 15
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
AC-21A load-break switch Rated operational current I
e
A16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
AC-3 motor load switches
In-service switching
of individual motors
Rating
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 440 V
At 660/690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.0
5.5
5.5
4.0
7.5
7.5
5.5
9.5
9.5
11.0
18.5
15.0
18.5
30.0
22.0
22.0
37.0
30.0
35.0
50.0
37.0
55.0
110.0
45.0
AC-23A main control switch
Repair switch
Frequent, but not in-service
switching of individual motors
Rating
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 440 V
At 660/690 V
kW
kW
kW
4.0
7.5
7.5
5.0
9.5
9.5
6.0
11.5
11.5
11.0
22.0
18.5
18.5
37.0
30.0
22.0
45.0
37.0
45.0
75.0
45.0
75.0
132.0
55.0
Power loss per conducting path at I
e
W0.5 1.1 1.8 4.5 7.5 12.0 36.0 36.0
Endurance mechanical Operating cycles 100 000
Switching frequency 1/h 50
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55
Isolating features Up to max. V 690
Conductor cross-sections for main conductors
1)
Solid or stranded mm
2
1 ... 6 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 2.5 ... 35 4 ...50 4 ...50 16 ...185 16 ... 185
Finely stranded with end sleeve (max.) mm
2
410 10 16 35 35 150 150
Conductor cross-sections Copper cable AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 14 ... 8 14 ... 6 12 ... 1 12 ... 1
Torque for terminal Nm 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 9.5 ... 10 9.5 ... 10
Touch protection according to EN 50274 Yes
Auxiliary switches
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V500
Rated operational voltage U
e
V AC 500
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A10
Rated operational current I
e
, AC-15 At 120 V A 6
At 220 ... 240 V A 3
At 380 ... 415 V A 1.8
At 500 V A 1.4
Short-circuit protection, aux. switch, max. back-up fuse (gL/gG) A 10
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors
Connection type Te r m in a l s
2 × (0.75 ... 2.5), 1 × 4
2 × (0.75 ... 1.5) 1 x 2.5
0.8
Solid or stranded mm
2
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm
2
Torque for terminal Nm
Standards UL/CSA
Switches Type 3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24
Rated operational voltage U
e
V AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A10 20 30 60 100 125 160 250
Current rating A 600 A 600 A 600 -- -- -- -- --
Pilot duty P 600 P 600 P 600 -- -- -- -- --
Conventional thermal current I
th
A16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
Maximum rated power (AC-3) 3 ∼ 120 V HP 133510 15 -- --
Alternating current motors 40 ... 60 Hz 240 V HP 3 7.5 10 (7.5)
2)
15 30 40 40 50
(HP = PS) 480 V HP 7.5 10 20 (15)
2)
40 60 75 75 100
600 V HP 10 15 30 (20)
2)
50 75 100 75 75
1 ∼ 120 V HP 0.5 223-- -- -- --
240 V HP 1.5 3310 -- -- -- --
Conductor cross-sections Cu cable AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 14 ... 8 14 ... 6 12 ... 1 12 ... 1 1 ... MCM400
Torque Nm 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 10 10
PH_07.book Seite 6 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
7
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Front mounting
■
Dimensional drawings
Switch for center-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism
3LD2.54,
3LD2555
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for four-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism
3LD2.03,
3LD2.04
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for center-hole mounting with knob
3LD2.50
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
N
A
M
NSG0_00206
B
F
G
LKC
3,2
22,5
24,1
For 3LD20
Base element 4-pole
max. 5,5 mm
Type A B C F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2054 67 67 48 50 38 37 74 17 47
3LD2154/3LD2254 67 67 46 55 44 37 74 17 47
3LD2555 90 90 60 64 50 46 81 17 47
max. 5,5 mm Sealing plate behind masking plate
Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal
For 3LD20
Base element 4-pole
N
A
LK C
A1
D
A1
G
F
MB
NSG0_00207
Type ABA1 C D d F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2003 67 67 48 48 10 5.0 50 38 37 50 17 47
3LD2103 67 67 48 46 10 5.0 55 44 37 50 17 47
3LD2504 90 90 48 60 10 5.0 64 50 46 59 17 47
3LD2704/3LD2804 90 90 48 71 10 5.0 83 54 46 61 17 47
3,2
24,1
A
M
B
N
F
G
KL C
NSG0_00208
For 3LD20
Base element
4-pole
Drilling diagram
max 5,5 mm
Type A B C F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2050 49 49 48 50 38 34 74 17 47
3LD2150/3LD2250 49 49 46 55 44 34 74 17 47
PH_07.book Seite 7 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
8Siemens · 10/2015
Front mounting
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Switches for four-hole mounting with knob
3LD2.22
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for four-hole mounting with rotary operating mechanism
3LD2103-.V…,
3LD2203-.V...,
3LD2504-.V…
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for four-hole mounting with knob
3LD2122-.V…
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
NKC
A1
D
d
A1
L
G
F
A
MB
NSG0_00209
max. 5,5 mm Sealing plate behind masking plate
Please observe sealing position of the shaft seal
For 3LD20
Base element 4-pole
Type ABA1 C D d F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2022 49 49 36 48 10 5.0 50 38 34 50 17 47
3LD2122/3LD2222 49 49 36 46 10 5.0 55 44 34 50 17 47
Type ABA1 C D d F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2103-.V... 67 67 48 92 10 5.0 55 44 37 50 17 47
3LD2203-.V... 67 67 48 92 10 5.0 55 44 37 50 17 47
3LD2504-.V... 90 90 68 121 10 5.0 64 50 46 59 17 47
N
M
B
A
C
A1
A1
D
d
F
G
LK
NSG0_00216
Sealing plate behind
masking plate
Please observe sealing
position of the shaft seal
max 5,5 mm
Drilling diagram
Type ABA1 C D d F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2122-.V... 49 49 36 92 10 5.0 55 44 32 50 17 47
PH_07.book Seite 8 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
9
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Front mounting
Selector switches
3LD2123-7U…, 3LD2223-7U…,
3LD2524-7U…, 3LD2724-7U…
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
N
M
B
A
A1
A1
D
d
FG
K
L
NSG0_00217
C
Sealing plate
behind masking plate
Please observe sealing
position of the shaft seal
max 5,5 mm
Drilling diagram
Type ABA1 C D d F G K L M
1)
N
1)
3LD2123-7U... 67 67 48 92 10 5.0 28 46 34 63.5 17 47
3LD2223-7U... 67 67 48 92 10 5.0 28 46 34 63.5 17 47
3LD2524-7U... 92 92 68 121 10 5.5 32 53 40 73 17 47
3LD2724-7U... 92 92 68 141 10 5.5 42 68 40 75 17 47
PH_07.book Seite 9 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
10 Siemens · 10/2015
Floor mounting
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
■
Dimensional drawings
Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (four-hole mounting)
3LD2.13,
3LD214.
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (center-hole mounting)
3LD2.44,
3LD2.45
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
Switches for floor mounting with detachable rotary operating mechanism (four-hole mounting)
3LD2113-.V…
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
A
B
N
M
X = L + 52 mm
L1 79
5
K
L
C
A1
A1
D
d
B1
B2
e
NSG0_00210
F
G
Driling diagram Door Base
Type ABA1 B1 B2 C D d e F G K L L1 M
1)
N
1)
X
min
3LD2013 67 67 48 22 60 48 10 5.0 4.5 50 38 37 330 58 17 47 138
3LD2113/3LD2213 67 67 48 22 60 46 10 5.0 4.5 55 44 37 330 58 17 47 138
3LD2514 90 90 48 25 70 60 10 5.5 5.5 64 50 46 338 68 17 47 148
3LD2714/3LD2814 90 90 48 25 90 71 10 5.5 5.5 83 54 46 340 70 17 47 150
A
BM
N5
X = L + 74 mm
F
L1 101 K
L
C
3,2
22,5
24,1
B1
B2
e
NSG0_00211
G
Drilling diagram Door Base
Type ABB1 B2 C e F G K L L1 M
1)
N
1)
X
min
3LD2044 67 67 22 60 48 4.5 50 38 37 330 58 17 47 160
3LD2144/3LD2244 67 67 22 60 46 4.5 55 44 37 330 58 17 47 160
3LD2545 90 90 25 70 60 5.5 64 50 46 338 68 17 47 170
X = L + 52 mm
L1 79
5
K
L
A
B
N
M
G
C
B1
B2
e
A1
A1
D
d
NSG0_00218
F
Driling diagram Door Base
Type ABA1 B1 B2 C D d e F G K L L1 M
1)
N
1)
X
min
3LD2113-.V... 67 67 48 22 60 92 10 5.0 4.5 55 44 37 330 58 17 47 138
PH_07.book Seite 10 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
11
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Distribution board mounting
■
Dimensional drawings
Switches for distribution board mounting
3LD2.30
1)
For additional inscription label, see page 13.
F
C
A
B
5
45
L
K
K1
NSG0_00212
Type ABCF KK1 L
3LD2030 53 45 48 50 41 14 37
3LD2130 53 45 46 55 41 14 37
3LD2230 53 45 46 55 41 14 37
3LD2530 64 45 60 64 43 16 44
3LD2730 71 45 71 83 47 19 44
3LD2830 71 45 71 83 47 19 44
PH_07.book Seite 11 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
12 Siemens · 10/2015
Molded-plastic enclosures
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
■
Dimensional drawings
Switches with molded-plastic enclosure and rotary operating mechanism
Metric screw connection
3LD2.64,
3LD2.65,
3LD2.66
Switches in molded-plastic enclosure with knob
3LD2.6.-7U…
G
B
A
K
K
HM
B1
B2
N
NSG0_00213
B1
d
A1
B1
D
C
E
F
Drilling diagram
3LD2.64
3LD2.65
Drilling diagram
3LD2.66
Type ABA1 B1 B2 C d D E F G H K M N
3LD2.64-...5. 100 140 -- 152 164 46 4.5 4 x M25 24 -- 4 x M20 81 67 36 2 x M20, 2 x M40
3LD2.65-...5. 146 176 -- 188 199 66 4.5 4 x M32/40 37 -- 4 x M20 104 90 45 2 x M20, 2 x M40
3LD2.66-...5. 212 302 189 238 302 84 6.5 4 x M50/63 57 2 x M20 4 x M20 136 90 45 2 x M20, 2 x M50
3LD2566-.V... 212 302 189 238 302 84 6.5 4 x M32/40 57 2 x M20 4 x M20 136 90 45 2 x M20, 2 x M50
A
K
B
K
HM
G
B1
d
B1
NSG0_00220
N
A1
B2
B1
D
C
E
F
Drilling diagram
3LD2.65
Drilling diagram
3LD2.66
Type ABA1 B1 B2 C d D E F G H K M N
3LD2165-7U... 146 176 -- 188 199 66 4.5 4 x M32/40 37 -- 4 x M20 104 67 32 2 x M20, 2 x M40
3LD2265-7U... 146 176 -- 188 199 66 4.5 4 x M32/40 37 -- 4 x M20 104 67 32 2 x M20, 2 x M40
3LD2566-7U... 212 302 189 238 302 84 6.5 4 x M32/40 57 2 x M20 4 x M20 136 90 45 2 x M20, 2 x M50
3LD2766-7U... 212 302 189 238 302 84 6.5 4 x M50/63 57 2 x M20 4 x M20 136 90 45 2 x M20, 2 x M50
PH_07.book Seite 12 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
13
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Accessories
■
Dimensional drawings
Front mounting
3LD92.0-0B
4th contact (N conductor) for front mounting, leading switch-on,
lagging switch-off
3LD92.0-2B
N or PE terminal
For front mounting, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
3LD9286-1A, 3LD9286-4A
Inscription labels German/English, neutral
Front and floor mounting
3LD92.4-1B, 3LD92.4-3B
Rotary operating mechanisms for four-hole mounting, black,
red/yellow
3LD92.4-1D, 3LD92.4-3D
Rotary operating mechanisms for center-hole mounting, black,
red/yellow
3LD92.1-2A
Terminal covers as additional touch protection
For snap-fitting at top and bottom, 1-pole
3LD92.1-.A
Terminal covers as additional touch protection
For snap-fitting at top and bottom, 1-pole
N
N
C
NSE0_00928a
A
G
B
Type A B C G
3LD9220-0B 54.5 40.5 15.5 31.5
3LD9250-0BA 64.5 47.0 20.0 37.0
3LD9280-0B 83.5 44.0 23.0 20.0
N
N
A
G
B
C
NSE0_00929a
Type A B C G
3LD9200-2B 50.0 40.0 13.0 31.0
3LD9220-2B 54.5 40.5 15.5 31.5
3LD9250-2BA 64.5 47.0 20.0 37.0
3LD9280-2B 83.5 44.0 23.0 20.0
NSE0_00933a
MAIN SWITCH
HAUPTSCHALTER
47
17
5
A
B
C
NSE0_00934
Type A B C
3LD9224-1B 67.0 67.0 37.0
3LD9224-3B 67.0 67.0 37.0
3LD9284-1B 90.0 90.0 46.0
3LD9284-3B 90.0 90.0 46.0
A
B
NSE0_00935
C
Type A B C
3LD9224-1D 67.0 67.0 37.0
3LD9224-3D 67.0 67.0 37.0
3LD9284-1D 90.0 90.0 46.0
3LD9284-3D 90.0 90.0 46.0
A
A
AB
A-A
C
NSE0_00936
Type A B C
3LD9201-2A 34.5 15.0 10.0
3LD9221-2A 34.5 20.0 15.0
3LD9251-2A 40.5 21.5 20.0
3LD9281-2A 45.0 17.5 23.0
A
ABC
NSE0_00937
A
A-A
Type A B C
3LD9201-1A 34.5 15.0 46.0
3LD9221-0A 34.5 20.0 46.0
3LD9251-0A 40.5 21.5 60.0
PH_07.book Seite 13 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
14 Siemens · 10/2015
Accessories
Switch Disconnectors
3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Floor and distribution board mounting
3LD92.0-0C
4th contact (N conductor)
For rear mounting, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
3LD92.0-2C
N or PE terminal
continuous
3LD9200-5..
Auxiliary switches
N
N
A
G
B
C
NSE0_00938a
Type A B C G
3LD9220-0C 54.5 40.5 15.5 31.5
3LD9250-0CA 64.5 47.0 20.0 37.0
3LD9280-0C 83.5 44.0 23.0 20.0
NSE0_00939a
N
N
A
G
B
C
Type A B C G
3LD9200-2C 50.0 40.0 13.0 31.0
3LD9220-2C 54.5 40.5 15.5 31.5
3LD9250-2CA 64.5 47.0 20.0 37.0
3LD9280-2C 83.5 44.0 23.0 20.0
50
11 32
NSJ0_00005
PH_07.book Seite 14 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
15
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
Introduction
■
Overview
The 5TE1 switch disconnectors are available from 100 A to
200 A in 3 and 4-pole versions and can be used as main control
switches, repair switches, outgoing feeder switches and emer-
gency mains switching off device.
The series corresponds to the requirements of IEC/EN 60947-3
and its key features are its compact and robust design, high
short-circuit strength, high DC breaking capacity and compre-
hensive accessories.
Its small footprint means it is easy to install in all types of enclo-
sures, distribution boards and control cabinets.
The devices are approved to UL 508 and KEMA certified.
■
Benefits
• Transparent enclosures ensure that the contact position is
always visible
• Contacts with double breaks ensure reliable insulation
characteristics
• Can be locked in the OFF position to allow for maintenance
work
• With a red knob and yellow cap, it can also be used as an
emergency switching off device
■
Technical specifications
5TE1.1 5TE1. 2 5TE1.3 5TE1.4
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3, UL 508
Approvals UL 508 for the following types: 5TE1320, 5TE1330,
5TE1340, 5TE1420, 5TE1430 and 5TE1440.
UL File No. E302554
Rated operational current I
e
Per cond. path At U
e
= 400 V A 100 125 160 200
With utilization category AC-21A 415 V A 100 125 160 200
500 V A 100 125 160 200
690 V A 100 125 160 200
Rated operational current I
e
Per cond. path At U
e
= 400 V A 100 125 160 200
With utilization category AC-22A 415 V A 100 125 160 200
500 V A 100 100 160 200
690 V A 63 63 160 200
Rated operational current I
e
Per cond. path At U
e
= 400 V A 80 125 160
With utilization category AC-23A 415 V A 80 125 160
500 V A 50 125 125
690 V A 40 63 80
Rated operational current I
e
2 poles in series 110 V A 100 160
With utilization category DC-23A 2 poles in series 220 V A -- 100
4 poles in series 220 V A 100 160
Rated operational voltage U
e
VAC According to UL: 480, acc. to IEC: 690
Rated insulation voltage U
i
VAC 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
2000 m kV 8
Impulse test voltage At sea level kV 12.3
Max. rated operational power At U
e
= 400 V kW 44 69 88
With utilization category AC-23A 415 V kW 46 72 92
500 V kW 35 86 86
690 V kW 36 60 76
Thermal rated current I
th
At 40 °C, 50 °C and 60 °C A 100 125 160 200
Rated making capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1875 3200 4000
Rated breaking capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1000 1920 2400
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity I
cm
Per cond. path At U
e
= 400 V kA 10
415 V kA 10
500 V kA 6.7
690 V kA 6.7
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
Per cond. path 0.25 s kA 5 6
(peak value) 1s kA 2.5 3
Rated conditional short-circuit current At U
e
= 400 V kA 50
With back-up protection with back-up fuse 415 V kA 50
With identical rated current 500 V kA 50
690 V kA 33 33 20 18
Capacitive load At 400 V kVar 50 60 77 97
Number of poles 2/3/4
Rated power dissipation P
v
Per pole VA 2.9 4.5 6.5 10
Frequency Hz 50/60
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid and stranded mm
2
6 ... 50 --
•AWG cables AWG 10 ... 1/0 8
• Copper busbars mm
2
-- max. 20 × 6
Endurance Electrical Switch.
cycles
1500 1000
Mechanical 20000 10000
Acc. to UL 508 I
n
A-- 80 100 125
UL 508 General Use 480 V FLA (Full load amperes) A -- 28 34 40
UL 508 Manual Motor Controller 230 V Rating hp -- 10 25 30
UL 508 Manual Motor Controller 480 V Rating hp -- 20 15 15
UL 508 Short-Circuit at 480 V With Class H or K5 fuses kA -- 10
With J fuses kA -- 50
PH_07.book Seite 15 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
16 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
■
Dimensional drawings
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 100 A and 125 A 5TE9 auxiliary switches
5TE1210
5TE1220
5TE1310
5TE1315
5TE1320
5TE1325
5TE1410
5TE1415
5TE1420
5TE1425
5TE1610
5TE1620
5TE9005
5TE9006
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 160 A and 200 A 5TE9014 locking units
5TE1230
5TE1240
5TE1330
5TE1335
5TE1340
5TE1345
5TE1430
5TE1435
5TE1440
5TE1445
5TE1630
5TE1640
5TE9 rotary actuators with extension shaft
With 100 A and 125 A switch disconnectors
5TE9010, 5TE9011,
5TE9012, 5TE9013
With 160 A and 200 A switch disconnectors
5TE9010, 5TE9011,
5TE9012, 5TE9013
It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state. It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state.
I201_07109a
90 92,5
6
45
44
73
75
90
I201_07111c
90
44
42
73
45
9
I201_07110a
92,5
44
73
70
80
70
144
45
90
35
35 35
5,5
13
OFF
ON
6
I201_07112a
max. 8 mm
1x 2x 3x
73
79
65
53,5
SW16
6
19 165/365
H+35
I201_07205b
2,5
H
L H+100
H-7
73
79
65
53,5
SW16
6
32
19 165/365
H+35
2,5
I201_07206b
0
37,5
6
H
LH+100
H-7
PH_07.book Seite 16 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
17
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
General data
■
Circuit diagrams
Graphical symbols 5TE9 auxiliary switches
■
More information
Connection of5TE1.3 and 5TE1.4 switches, 160 A and 200 A Design
• From 160 A: Supplied with one terminal cover
• 160 A and 200 A: Version for connection with cable lug
• Screw fixing on base plate
• Installation on standard mounting rail to EN 60715, which is
raised at least 5 mm from the base plate
5TE1210
5TE1220
5TE1230
5TE1240
5TE1310
5TE1320
5TE1330
5TE1340
5TE1410
5TE1420
5TE1430
5TE1440
5TE1610
5TE1620
5TE1630
5TE1640
5TE1315
5TE1325
5TE1335
5TE1345
5TE1415
5TE1425
5TE1435
5TE1445
4
2
3
1
6
5
42
31
8
7
6
5
42
31
8
7
6
5
42
31
6
5
42
31
8
7
6
5
42
31
5TE9005 5TE9006
2
L
14
L2
32
L1
1
10-12
max. 12 Nm SW 5
SW 13
10-12
max. 6
20 max.
SW 5
5TE9003
5TE9004
I201_08070b
max. Ø14
Ø 8,5
PH_07.book Seite 17 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
18 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Overview
Devices Description
Complete assemblies
Complete assemblies with direct
operating mechanisms
Ready-to-install combinations comprising switch disconnectors and
operating mechanisms
• 3- and 4-pole switch disconnectors with front operating mechanisms
• Connections in form of box terminal or flat terminal incl. direct operating
mechanism with gray handle
Basic units
Front operating mechanisms Switch disconnectors with front operating mechanisms without handle
6-pole up to 1200 V DC • 6-pole versions
• Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal
(sizes 1 and 2)
• Operating mechanism module in the center of the switch disconnector
3-/4-pole up to 690 V AC / 440 V DC • 3- and 4-pole versions
• Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal
(sizes 1 and 2)
• Operating mechanism module in the center or on the left-hand side
of the switch disconnector
Side operating mechanism Switch disconnectors with side operating mechanisms
• 3- and 4-pole versions
• Connections in form of flat terminal (sizes 2 to 5) or box terminal
(sizes 1 and 2)
• Operating mechanism module on the right or left-hand side of the
switch disconnector
Accessories and spare parts
Left: Box terminal
Right: Flat terminal
Additional poles Additional poles for enhanced functionality
• 4th contact element (switching pole)
• N terminal (neutral conductor terminal with removable jumper)
• N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper)
Direct operating mechanisms Different handles for mounting on basic units
• Direct operating mechanisms for direct mounting on switch disconnector
• Handles available in colors gray or red/yellow
Door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms
Different handles for mounting on basic units
• Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for operation of switch
disconnector outside the control cabinet door
• 8UD1 series or 8UC7/3KD9 series
• Handles available in colors gray or red/yellow
PH_07.book Seite 18 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
19
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
General data
■
Overview
3KD switch disconnector, complete assembly, 3-pole
Features
• 3-pole, 4-pole, and 6-pole versions in 5 different sizes
• Supplied as a complete assembly including direct operating
mechanism or as a basic unit without a handle
• Direct operating mechanism with handle on switch
disconnector
• Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for operation of
switch disconnector outside the control cabinet door
• Versions with side operating mechanisms
• Connections in the form of box terminals or flat terminals
• Floor mounting or mounting on a standard rail
(sizes 1 and 2)
• Additional poles can be retrofitted: 4th contact element,
N or N/PE terminals
• Auxiliary switches for querying the switch positions
• Suitable for AC applications up to 690 V + 10 % (wind power)
• Suitable for DC applications up to 1200 V
■
Benefits
• Enhanced touch protection
• Contact position is clearly visible
• Locking functions help to prevent unauthorized operation
• Enhanced protection against inter-phase arcing
• Safe use in wind farms
• Compact design saves space
• Wide variety of applications thanks to a range of different
operating mechanism designs
• Supplementary functions can be retrofitted
• Various service positions are possible thanks to optimized
heat dissipation
• Test function to ensure safe commissioning
• Comprehensive support through provision of CAx data
■
Application
3KD switch disconnectors are designed for applications with
exacting requirements. They are deployed as main control
switches, EMERGENCY-STOP switches and repair switches
in industrial plants, infrastructure and buildings. 3KD switch
disconnectors are designed to switch the specified rated
current on and off under load. At the same time, they
constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance
in all low-voltage circuits.
All 3KD switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the
requirements of
I
EC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660-107.
.
PH_07.book Seite 19 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
20 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Design
A 3KD switch disconnector consists of an operating mechanism
module, three, four or six switching poles and a handle to ope-
rate the switch disconnector.
Handles
The direct operating mechanism version of the handle is moun-
ted directly on the switch disconnector. It can also be supplied
in the form of a door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for
actuation of the switch disconnector outside the control cabinet
door. The handle is available in gray, or colored red/yellow for
use as an EMERGENCY-STOP switch.
Commonly used switch disconnector variants comprising basic
unit and handle are available as complete assemblies.
Handle either as direct operating mechanism or door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism
Position of operating mechanism modules
To allow optimum utilization of the available installation space,
units with front operating mechanisms can be supplied with the
operating mechanism module in various positions – mounted on
the left-hand side of the 3KD switch disconnector or in the center
between the switching poles.
On units with side operating mechanisms, the operating mecha-
nism module is positioned on the right or left-hand side of the
3KD switch disconnector.
I201_18832
Number of poles/
application
Front
operating mechanism
on the side
Front
operating mechanism
in the center
Side
operating mechanism
on the left
Side
operating mechanism
on the right
3-pole
4-pole
For 1200 V DC -- -- --
PH_07.book Seite 20 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
21
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
General data
Additional poles
All sizes of the 3KD switch disconnectors can be retrofitted with
additional poles on a modular basis.
When installing additional poles, it is important to note that only a
3-pole 3KD switch disconnector may be retrofitted with an addi-
tional switching pole with contact system (4th contact element).
Additional poles (4th contact element, N or N/PE terminal) must
always be mounted directly adjacent to the switch disconnector
on the left or right, i.e. with sizes 1 and 2, therefore, it is not per-
missible to install an auxiliary switch module between the basic
unit and an additional pole.
Installation of an additional pole
Available versions:
Fourth contact element:
The 4th contact element includes a contact system and is iden-
tical to the poles installed at the factory. It can be installed to
upgrade a 3-pole switch disconnector to a disconnector with
4 poles.
Fourth contact element as an additional pole
N terminal (neutral conductor terminal):
The N terminal does not include a contact system. A jumper can
be removed in order to interrupt the electrical connection bet-
ween the two terminals. An N terminal can be installed to add a
non-switching N pole to a 3-pole disconnector.
N terminal as non-switching pole
N/PE terminal:
The N/PE terminal is identical to the neutral conductor terminal.
However, the electrical connection between the two terminals is
permanent and cannot be interrupted by removal of a jumper.
The N/PE terminal is normally deployed for applications in which
it is vital to ensure that this connection can never be interrupted.
N/PE terminal with permanent connections
Auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches allow remote interrogation of the contact
position of the switch disconnector.
Installation of auxiliary switches for sizes 1 and 2
The auxiliary switches used for sizes 1 and 2 are microswitches
(changeover contacts) which can be snapped into an auxiliary
switch module. This auxiliary switch module is mounted on the
side of the switch disconnector in the same way as an additional
pole. A maximum of two microswitches can be installed in each
auxiliary switch module.
Auxiliary switches with auxiliary switch module for sizes 1 and 2
Installation of auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5
With sizes 3 to 5, the auxiliary switches are directly attached to
the operating mechanism module. The auxiliary switch with the
leading switch function is always installed in the right-hand
mounting location. The other locations are provided for simulta-
neously switching with the main contacts.
Auxiliary switches directly attached to the operating mechanism
module with sizes 3 to 5. The leading auxiliary switch is highlighted
in the drawing.
I201_18834
NN
NN
N N
I201_18835
1
1
1
2
2
Auxiliary switch,
leading
Auxiliary switch,
simultaneous
1
2
I201_18905
PH_07.book Seite 21 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
22 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Switching instants of auxiliary switches
The auxiliary switches can operate either simultaneously with the
main contacts or function as leading switches with all sizes.
One of the possible functions of leading auxiliary switches is to
disconnect the circuit with the assistance of a higher-level swit-
ching device, such as a circuit breaker, before the main contacts
of the 3KD switch disconnector open.
With sizes 1 and 2, the selection of the appropriate auxiliary
switch module determines whether the switching instant will
be leading or simultaneous.
With sizes 3, 4 and 5, the switching instant is determined by the
selection of the mounting location for the auxiliary switch on the
operating mechanism module. In this case, only 3SB3 auxiliary
switches with NO contacts (1 NO or 2 NO) can be used as lea-
ding auxiliary switches.
Test function for auxiliary switches
The test function allows a wiring check to be performed on the
auxiliary switches without necessitating closure of the main con-
tacts of the 3KD switch disconnector. The test function can be
used as part of the commissioning process.
The test function is activated by turning the handle of a direct
operating mechanism in the OFF position by 25° in the counter-
clockwise direction. The handle must be turned 90° in the clock-
wise direction in order to switch the main contacts.
The auxiliary switch module including test function must be used
for sizes 1 and 2. With sizes 3, 4 and 5, all installed auxiliary swit-
ches are switched when the test function is activated.
Types of mounting
All 3KD switch disconnectors are designed for floor mounting.
To ensure that the switch can be flexibly adapted to the relevant
installation conditions, the mounting bracket can be rotated
through 90° with size 3 or larger.
Floor mounting method
Sizes 1 and 2 can be snapped onto a standard mounting rail
(TH35 according to EN 60715) as alternative mounting method.
Mounting on a standard mounting rail
Locking functions
3KD switch disconnectors can be locked by up to three pad-
locks in order to prevent unauthorized switch operation. A flat
version of the direct operating mechanisms is available for use
in confined installation spaces. This can be secured with a lock
without increasing the required mounting depth.
Locking functions involving one or more padlocks
leading
standard
Auxiliary
switch
Auxiliary
switch
Main
circuit
On
Off
NO
NC
NO
NC
t
I201_18906
3KD
I201_18952
I201_18918
I201_18836
I201_18838
I201_18837
PH_07.book Seite 22 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
23
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
General data
Electrical connection
3KD switch disconnectors are available with a number of diffe-
rent terminal types.
Box terminals
Box terminals for sizes 1 and 2 (rated currents 16 A to 160 A)
are designed to allow the speedy connection of stripped
conductors.
Connection via box terminals
Flat terminals
Sizes 2 to 5 (rated currents 80 A to 1600 A) are available with flat
terminals − for connection of cable lugs or busbar systems.
Connection via flat terminals
Terminal covers and phase barriers can be supplied for 3KD
switch disconnectors with flat terminals.
Terminal covers
For 3KD switch disconnectors erected outside a control cabinet,
terminal covers can be installed to provide touch protection for
all terminals.
Terminal covers
Phase barriers
When long, non-insulated cable lugs are used, phase barriers
provide enhanced protection against arcing.
Phase barriers
I201_18909
I201_18910
I201_18839
I201_18841
PH_07.book Seite 23 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
24 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Overview
1)
Valid for the combination of 3KD switch disconnector and fuse
type 3NA…, characteristic gG.
✓Available
-- Not available
For further information about 3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches, see
• Catalog LV 10, Chapter 7
• Industry Mall, section
"Building Technologies and Electrical Distribution"
--> "Low-Voltage Components"
--> "SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices"
--> "Switching Devices"
--> "Switch Disconnectors"
--> "3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches
up to 250 A"
3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches
3KD switch disconnectors:
Box terminals
3KD switch disconnectors:
Flat terminal
Size 1 2
Type 3LD2 0 3LD2 1 3LD2 2 3LD2 5 3KD....-.M 3LD2 7 3LD2 8 3LD2 3 3KD....-.N
3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP
switches
3KD switch
disconnectors
3LD main control
and
EMERGENCY-STOP
switches
3KD switch disconnectors
Rated current I
n
A16 25 32 63 16 32 63 100 125 160 80 100 125 160 200
Number of poles
•3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
•4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
•6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Connection
• Flat terminals -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Box terminals ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Operating mechanisms
• Front operating mechanism ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Side operating mechanism -- -- -- -- ✓✓✓-- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Operating and short-circuit
behavior
• Rated short-time withstand
current I
cw
(1 s current, rms value)
kA 0.34 0.64 0.64 1.26 3 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
• Rated conditional short-circuit
current with upstream fuses
at 690 V
1)
kA
rms
50 50 50 50 100 100 100 50 20 50 65 65 65 65 50
PH_07.book Seite 24 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
25
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
■
Overview (continued)
1)
Valid for the combination of 3KD switch disconnector and fuse
type 3NA…, characteristic gG.
✓Available
-- Not available
For further information about 3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches, see
• Catalog LV 10, Chapter 7
• Industry Mall, section
"Building Technologies and Electrical Distribution"
--> "Low-Voltage Components"
--> "SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices"
--> "Switching Devices"
--> "Switch Disconnectors"
--> "3LD Main Control and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches
up to 250 A"
3LD main control and
EMERGENCY-STOP switches
3KD switch disconnectors:
Box terminals
3KD switch disconnectors:
Flat terminal
Size 3 4 5
Type 3LD24 3KD....-.P 3KD....-.Q 3KD....-.R
3LD main control
and
EMERGENCY-STOP
switches
3KD switch disconnectors
Rated current I
n
A250 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Number of poles
•3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
•4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
•6 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Connection
• Flat terminal -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Box terminals ✓-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Operating mechanisms
• Front operating mechanism ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Side operating mechanism -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Operating and short-circuit beha-
vior
• Rated short-time withstand
current I
cw
(1 s current, rms value)
kA 413 13 13 13 30 30 30 50 50 50
• Rated conditional short-circuit
current with upstream fuses
at 690 V
1)
kA
rms
50 65 65 35 35 65 65 50 -- -- --
PH_07.book Seite 25 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
26 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 1 and 2, box terminal
3
5
4
6
10
11
11
1
9
2
7
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
Neutral conductor terminal (with removable jumper)
Mounting bracket (spare part)
4th contact element
Auxiliary switch module
Auxiliary switch
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism (standard version)
Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards)
8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper)
I201_19466
PH_07.book Seite 26 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
27
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications, sizes 1 and 2, box terminal
3
5
4
6
1
9
9
2
7
8
3
4
5
1
2
6
7
8
9
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism (standard version)
Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards)
8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Mounting bracket (spare part)
Bridging bar
Auxiliary switch module
Auxiliary switch
I201_19469
PH_07.book Seite 27 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
28 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, size 2, flat terminal
3
5
4
6
7
8
6
7
8
9
11
10
13
12
14
14
1
2
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism (standard version)
Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards)
8UC Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Phase barriers
Cable connection cover, short
Cable connection covers
N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper)
Neutral conductor terminal (with removable jumper)
Mounting bracket (spare part)
4th contact element
Auxiliary switch module
Auxiliary switch
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
4
4
8
8
1
_
1
0
2
I
PH_07.book Seite 28 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
29
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole, size 2, flat terminal
3
5
4
6
7
8
6
7
9
11
10
9
10
12
13
13
1
2
8
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
8
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism (standard version)
Direct operating mechanism (suitable for distribution boards)
8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Phase barriers
Bridging bar
Cable connection cover for bridging bars
Cable connection cover, short
Cable connection cover
Mounting bracket (spare part)
Auxiliary switch module
Auxiliary switch
I201_19470
PH_07.book Seite 29 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
30 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 3 to 5, flat terminal
3
4
5
4
6
7
8
5
6
9
11
10
1
2
7
8
9
11
10
3
4
5
6
1
2
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism
8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Phase barriers
Cable connection covers, short
Cable connection covers
N/PE terminal (with permanent jumper)
Neutral conductor (with removable jumper)
4th contact element
Auxiliary switch
I201_18845
PH_07.book Seite 30 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
31
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
Overview of components and accessories: 3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications, sizes 3 to 5, flat terminal
3
5
4
6
7
8
5
6
9
7
8
9
10
1
2
3KD switch disconnectors
Direct operating mechanism
8UC/3KD9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8UD1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Phase barriers
Bridging bar
Cable connection cover for bridging bars
Cable connection cover, short
Cable connection cover
Auxiliary switch
7
8
9
10
3
4
5
6
1
2
I201_19471
PH_07.book Seite 31 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
32 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Technical specifications
3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 1 and 2
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature
at connections 125°C.
2)
Values are provided as a guide only and may vary depending on
the make of motor.
3)
Valid for the combination of 3KD and fuse type
3NA38 for I
u
= 16 ... 160 A; 3NA31 for I
u
= 200 A, characteristic gG.
4)
Relevant only for devices with flat terminals.
5)
With mounting positions other than the vertical, please contact
Technical Support.
6)
95 mm² valid for variants with flat terminals.
7)
When using busbars that are 20 mm wide, these must be insulated.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type 3KD16 3KD22 3KD26 3KD28 3KD30 3KD32 3KD34 3KD36...N
Size 11122222
General technical details
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200
Conventional free air thermal current I
th1)
A16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At 50/60 Hz AC (tolerance up to + 10 % permissible) V 690
• At DC - 2 conducting paths series-connected V 220
• At DC - 3 conducting paths series-connected V 440
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 88888888
Overvoltage category III III III III III III III III
Pollution degree 33333333
Operating and short-circuit behavior
Rated operational current I
e
• At AC-21A, AC-22A, 400 ... 690 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200
• At AC-23, 400V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 160
• At AC-23, 500V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 160
• At AC-23, 690 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 125 125
• At DC-21A, 220/440 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 160
• At DC-22A, 220/440 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 160
• At DC-23A, 220/440 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 160
Motor switching capacity AC-23A
2)
• At 400 V kW 7.5 15 30 37 55 55 90 90
• At 500 V kW 7.5 18.5 37 55 55 75 110 110
• At 690 V kW 11 30 55 75 90 110 110 110
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
(with t = 1 s, rms value, 690 V AC/440 V DC)
kA 33344444
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity I
cm
(At 690 V AC/440 V DC)
kA 77712 12 12 12 12
Rated current of upstream fuse
3)
A63 63 63 160 160 160 160 200
Rated conditional short-circuit current capacity
with upstream fuse
3)
• At 400/500 V AC kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50
• At 690 V AC kA 100 100 100 65 65 65 65 50
Let-through current combined with upstream fuse
3)
• At 400/500 V AC kA 77717.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 18
• At 690 V AC kA 7.5 7.5 7.5 18.7 18.7 18.7 18.7 19
Let-through I
2
t value with upstream fuse
3)
• At 400/500 V kA
2
s13.3 13.3 13.3 135.6 135.6 135.6 135.6 211
• At 690 V kA
2
s13.7 13.7 13.7 178.3 178.3 178.3 178.3 226
Power loss per pole with thermal current I
th
W0.2 0.6 2234.5 710
Endurance, operating cycles
• Mechanical 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
• Electrical, at AC-23A, 690 V/50...60 Hz 6000 6000 6000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
• Electrical, at DC-23A, 220/440 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1000 1000 1000
Degree of protection
• With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
• Without masking plate or terminal cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00
4)
/IP20 IP00
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation °C -25 ... +70 (no derating of I
th
at -5 to +55°C)
• Ambient temperature during storage °C -50 ... +80
• Mounting position
5)
Any
Main conductor connections
Conductor cross-section, max. mm
2
35 35 35 70 (95)
6)
70 (95)
6)
70 (95)
6)
70 (95)
6)
95
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness)
• Flat terminals mm -- 1 x 20 x 3
7)
• Box terminals mm 1 x 9 x 2 1 x 14 x 3
Tightening torque
• Flat terminals Nm -- 15 ... 22
• Box terminals Nm 5...6.5 6.5...8
PH_07.book Seite 32 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
33
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
■
Technical specifications (continued)
3KD switch disconnectors, 3/4-pole, sizes 3 to 5
1)
Max. permissible operating temperature at connections 125 °C.
2)
With size 3 switch disconnectors, phase barriers or terminal covers
(accessories) are required for:
- Busbar systems at AC-21A, AC-22A and U
e
>400 V, AC-23A and
- When cable lugs are connected
3)
With size 4 at AC-23A, phase barriers or terminal covers must
be installed (accessories).
4)
Values are provided as a guide only and may vary depending on
the make of motor.
5)
Valid for the combination of 3KD and fuse
type 3NA…, characteristic gG.
6)
Contact Technical Support for other mounting positions.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type 3KD36..-.P 3KD38 3KD40 3KD42 3KD44 3KD46 3KD48 3KD50 3KD52 3KD54
Size 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
General technical details
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Conventional free air thermal current I
th1)
A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At 50/60 Hz AC (tolerance up to + 10 % permissible) V690
• At DC - 2 conducting paths series-connected V220
• At DC - 3 conducting paths series-connected V440
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Overvoltage category IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Operating and short-circuit behavior
Rated operational current I
e2)
3)
• At AC-21A, AC-22A, 400 ... 690 V A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
• At AC-23, 400V A200 250 315 400 500 630 670 800 800 800
• At AC-23, 500 V A200 250 315 350 500 630 630 800 800 800
• At AC-23, 690 V A200 250 315 315 500 500 500 800 800 800
• At DC-21A, 220/440 V A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
• At DC-22A, 220/440 V A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 -- -- --
• At DC-23A, 220/440 V A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 -- -- --
Motor switching capacity AC-23A
4)
• At 400 V kW 110 132 160 220 280 355 355 400 400 400
• At 500 V kW 132 160 220 250 355 400 400 560 560 560
• At 690 V kW 185 220 280 315 500 500 500 800 800 800
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
(with t = 1 s, rms value, 690 V AC/440 V DC)
kA 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 50 50 50
Rated short-circuit making capacity I
cm
(at 690 V AC/440 V DC)
kA 26 26 26 26 63 63 63 105 105 105
Rated current of upstream fuse
5)
A250 250 400 400 630 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuse
5)
• At 400/500 V AC kA 100 100 65 65 100 100 100 100 80 80
• At 690 V AC kA 65 65 35 35 65 65 50 -- -- --
Let-through current combined with upstream fuse
5)
• At 400/500 V AC kA 25.1 25.1 35.2 35.2 61.6 61.6 63.7 95.9 103.4 110
• At 690 V AC kA 22.7 22.7 27.96 27.96 54.5 54.5 70.4 -- -- --
Let-through I
2
t value in combination with upstream fuse
5)
• At 400/500 V kA²s 427 427 1165 1165 3687 3687 7471 15400 25960 30900
• At 690 V kA²s 348 348 1157 1157 4450 4450 10300 -- -- --
Power loss per pole with thermal current I
th
W 4 7 10 17 15 22 35 47 70 120
Endurance, operating cycles
• Mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 8000 8000 8000 6000 6000 6000
• Electrical, at AC-23A, 690 V/50...60 Hz 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 500
• Electrical, at DC-23A, 220/440 V 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 500 500
Degree of protection
• With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
• Without masking plate or terminal cover IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation °C -25 ... +70 (no derating of I
th
at -5 to +55°C)
• Ambient temperature during storage °C -50 ... +80
• Mounting position
6)
Any
Main conductor connections
Conductor cross-section, max. mm
2
240 2 x 240 2 x 240
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness)
• Flat terminal mm 1 x 30 x 10 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 60 x 10
• Box terminals mm 1 x 30 x 10 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 60 x 10
Tightening torque
• Flat terminal Nm 30 ... 44 50 ... 75 50 ... 75
• Box terminals Nm -- -- --
PH_07.book Seite 33 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
34 Siemens · 10/2015
Technical features
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Technical specifications (continued)
3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications up to 1200 V, sizes 1 and 2
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at
connections 110°C
2)
Valid for version with box terminal, version with flat terminal max. 1200 V
3)
Valid for version with box terminal, version with flat terminal max. 1250 V
4)
Relevant only for devices with flat terminals
5)
When using busbars that are 20 mm wide, these must be insulated.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type 3KD16 3KD22 3KD26 3KD28 3KD30 3KD32 3KD34
Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
General technical details
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A16 32 63 80 100 125 160
Conventional free air thermal current I
th1)
A16 32 63 80 100 125 160
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
• At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1000 1000 1000 1000
2)
1000
2)
1000
2)
1000
2)
Rated insulation voltage U
i
• At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
• At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1000 1000 1000 1000
3)
1000
3)
1000
3)
1000
3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Overvoltage category III III III III III III III
Operating and short-circuit behavior
Rated operational current I
e
• At DC-21A, 1200 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160
• At DC-21B, 1200 V A -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
• With t = 1 s, rms value, 1200 V DC kA 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity I
cm
• At 1200 V DC kA 4.3 4.3 4.3 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
Power loss per pole with thermal current I
th
W0.2 0.6 2 2 3 4.5 7
Endurance, operating cycles
• Mechanical 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
• Electrical, at DC-21, 1200 V 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Degree of protection
• With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
• Without masking plate or terminal cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00
4)
/ IP20
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation °C -25 ... +70 (no derating of I
th
at -5 to +40°C)
• Ambient temperature during storage °C -50 ... +80
• Mounting position Any
Main conductor connections
Conductor cross-section, max. mm
2
35 35 35 70 70 70 70
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness)
• Flat terminal mm -- 1 x 20 x 3
5)
• Box terminals mm 1 x 9 x 2 1 x 14 x 3
Tightening torque
• Flat terminal Nm -- 15 ... 22
• Box terminals Nm 5...6.5 6.5...8
PH_07.book Seite 34 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
35
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Technical features
■
Technical specifications (continued)
3KD switch disconnectors, 6-pole for DC applications up to 1200 V, sizes 3 to 5
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at
connections 110°C
2)
For switch disconnectors size 3 and 4, phase barriers or contact connec-
tion covers (accessories) are required when connecting cable lugs
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type 3KD36 3KD38 3KD40 3KD42 3KD44 3KD46 3KD48 3KD50 3KD52 3KD54
Size 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
General technical details
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Conventional free air thermal current I
th1)
A200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
• At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Rated insulation voltage U
i
• At DC - with pollution degree 2 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
• At DC - with pollution degree 3 V 1250 1250 1250 1250 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Overvoltage category IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV IV
Operating and short-circuit behavior
Rated operational current I
e2)
• At DC-21A, 1200 V A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• At DC-21B, 1200 V A 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
• With t = 1 s, rms value, 1200 V DC kA 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity I
cm
• At 1200 V DC kA 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4
Power loss per pole with thermal current I
th
W4710 17 15 22 35 47 70 120
Endurance, operating cycles
• Mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 8000 8000 8000 6000 6000 6000
• Electrical, at DC-21, 1200 V 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100
Degree of protection
• With masking plate or cable connection cover IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
• Without masking plate or terminal cover IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature during operation °C -25 ... +70 (no derating of I
th
at -5 to +40 °C)
• Ambient temperature during storage °C -50 ... +80
• Mounting position Any
Main conductor connections
Conductor cross-section, max. mm
2
240 2 x 240 2 x 240
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (number x width x thickness)
• Flat terminal mm 1 x 30 x 10 2 x 40 x5 2 x 60 x 10
• Box terminals mm -- -- --
Tightening torque
• Flat terminal Nm 30 ... 44 50 ... 75 50 ... 75
• Box terminals Nm -- -- --
PH_07.book Seite 35 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
36 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Dimensional drawings
Size 1
Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms
All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating
mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left.
Size 1, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole,
box terminal, 3KD1632-2ME10-0, 3KD2232-2ME10-0, 3KD2632-2ME10-0
Size 1, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole,
box terminal, 3KD1642-2ME10-0, 3KD2242-2ME10-0, 3KD2642-2ME10-0
18
Ø 4.5
42
R44.7
94
109
119.6
46.5
84
119
I201_18664
87
62
8
44
45
9.6
18.4
18
Ø 4.5
42
R44.7
112
127
137.6
46.5
84
119
I201_18670
87
62
844
45
9.6
18.4
PH_07.book Seite 36 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
37
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 1 (continued)
Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD1630-2ME10-0, KD2230-2ME10-0, 3KD2630-2ME10-0
Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD1640-2ME10-0, 3KD2240-2ME10-0, 3KD2640-2ME10-0
Installation depth
of extension shaft
20 0
-5
45
68
8
44
9,6
18,4
94
109
119,6
46,5
84
119
I201_18680
18
Ø 4,5
42
Installation depth
of extension shaft
18
Ø 4,5
42
112
127
137,6
46,5
84
I201_18692
68
8
44
45
9,6
18,4
20 0
-5
PH_07.book Seite 37 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
38 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 1 (continued)
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications
Size 1, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, box terminal,
3KD1660-2ME20-0, 3KD2260-2ME20-0, 3KD2660-2ME20-0
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD1634-2ME10-0, 3KD2234-2ME10-0, 3KD2634-2ME10-0
46,5
84
119
2818
148
163
173,6
42
Ø 4,5
6 6 1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
I202_30399
128,9
118,3
103,3
15,3 6
9,6
16,42
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
46,5
84
119
28 18
Ø 4,5
42
11
I202_30365
PH_07.book Seite 38 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
39
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 1 (continued)
Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD1644-2ME10-0, 3KD2244-2ME10-0, 3KD2644-2ME10-0
216,4
9,6
29
45
35,3
68
62
44
6,51,5
11
615,3
121,3
136,3
146,9
Ø 4,5
42
1828
119
84
46,5
I202_30383
PH_07.book Seite 39 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
40 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 1 (continued)
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right
Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD1634-2ME40-0, 3KD2234-2ME40-0, 3KD2634-2ME40-0
46,5
84
119
2818
42
Ø 4,5
128,9
118,3
103,3
6 15,3
11
1,56,5
44
62
68
29
35,3
45
9,6
16,42
pYWYZWZ]^
PH_07.book Seite 40 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
41
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 1 (continued)
Size 1, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD1644-2ME40-0, 3KD2244-2ME40-0, 3KD2644-2ME40-0
46,5
84
119
2818
42
Ø 4,5
146,9
136,3
121,3
6 15,3
11
1,56,5
44
62
68
29
35,3
45
9,6
16,42
I202_30385
PH_07.book Seite 41 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
42 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 1 (continued)
Accessories
Direct operating mechanisms
Size 1, accessories: Direct operating mechanism,
standard version, 3KD9101-1, 3KD9101-2
Size 1, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, flat version
(suitable for distribution boards), 3KD9101-0, 3KD9101-8
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription 0-I, 8UD1171-2AD11, 8UD1171-2AD15
Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1171-2AF21, 8UD1171-2AF25
Extension shaft
60
42
87
28 79
25
I201_18746
Extension shaft
57
42
78
27 70
25
I201_18754
75
75
83 71
I202_30494
75
75
83 71
I202_30496
PH_07.book Seite 42 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
43
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 1 (continued)
Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1
8UD1771-2AD01, 8UD1771-2AD05, 8UD1771-2CD01, 8UD1771-2CD05
Size 1, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1
8UD1771-2AF01, 8UD1771-2AF05, 8UD1171-2CF01, 8UD1171-2CF05
3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 1, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver
3KD9115-1, 3KD9115-2
Size 1, accessories: Handles without extension shaft and coupling driver,
3KD9115-3, 3KD9115-4
75
75
83 71
I202_30490
75
75
83 71
I202_30492
64,8
75
75
73,5
I202_23906
73,5
75
75
64,8
I202_23926
PH_07.book Seite 43 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
44 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2
Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms
All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating
mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left.
Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3032-0NE10-0, 3KD3232-0NE10-0, 3KD3432-0NE10-0,
3KD3632-0NE10-0
Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, box terminal, 3KD2832-2NE10-0, 3KD3032-2NE10-0, 3KD3232-2NE10-0,
3KD3432-2NE10-0
27
20 Ø 9
Ø 4.5
42
R 58
46.5
84 33
104
130
200
168
226
I201_18660
121
136
146.6
28.75
8
45
62
44
97
Ø 4.5
42
121
136
146.6
27
R 58
45
8
44
97
13.4
15.8 46.5
84
126
I201_18665
PH_07.book Seite 44 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
45
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2842-0NE10-0, 3KD3042-0NE10-0, 3KD3242-0NE10-0, 3KD3442-0NE10-0, 3KD3642-0NE10-0
Size 2, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, box terminal, 3KD2842-2NE10-0, 3KD3042-2NE10-0, 3KD3242-2NE10-0,
3KD3442-2NE10-0
Ø 9
27
20
Ø 4.5
42
R 58
148
163
173.6
46.5
84 33
104
130
168
200
226
I201_18666
28.75
45
844
62
97
Ø 4.5
844
45
13.4
27
42
46.5
84
126
I201_18671
15.8
97
148
163
173.6
R58
PH_07.book Seite 45 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
46 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2 (continued)
Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2830-0NE10-0, 3KD3030-0NE10-0, 3KD3230-0NE10-0, 3KD3430-0NE10-0, 3KD3630-0NE10-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD2830-2NE10-0, 3KD3030-2NE10-0, 3KD3230-2NE10-0, 3KD3430-2NE10-0
I201_18672
27
20 Ø 9
Ø 4,5
42
46,5 33
84
104
130
168
200
226
121
136
146,6
28,75 20 0
-5
8
45
44
62
68
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Installation depth
of extension shaft
27
Ø 4,5
42
121
136
146,6
46,5
84
126
I201_18682
20 0
-5
68
8
44
45
13,4
15,8
PH_07.book Seite 46 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
47
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2840-0NE10-0, 3KD3040-0NE10-0, 3KD3240-0NE10-0, 3KD3440-0NE10-0, 3KD3640-0NE10-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD2840-2NE10-0, 3KD3040-2NE10-0, 3KD3240-2NE10-0, 3KD3440-2NE10-0
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Ø 9
Ø 4,5
27
20
148
163
173,6
28,75 20 0
-5
45
42
844
62
68
46,5
3384
104
130
168
200
226
Installation depth
of extension shaft
20 0
-5
Ø 4,5
844
45
13,4
27
42
46,5
84
126
15,8
I201_18694
68
148
163
173,6
PH_07.book Seite 47 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
48 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2 (continued)
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2860-0NE20-0, 3KD3060-0NE20-0, 3KD3260-0NE20-0, 3KD3460-0NE20-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, box terminal,
3KD2860-2NE20-0, 3KD3060-2NE20-0, 3KD3260-2NE20-0, 3KD3460-2NE20-0
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
46,5
84
104
130
3
28
27
202
217
227,6
42
Ø 4,5
6 6
I202_30391
46,5
84
119
2818
148
163
173,6
42
Ø 4,5
6 6 1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
I202_30399
PH_07.book Seite 48 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
49
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2834-0NE10-0, 3KD3034-0NE10-0, 3KD3234-0NE10-0, 3KD3434-0NE10-0, 3KD3634-0NE10-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD2834-2NE10-0, 3KD3034-2NE10-0, 3KD3234-2NE10-0, 3KD3434-2NE10-0
130,3
145,3
155,9
15,3 6
46,5
84
104
130
3
20
927
28
42
4,5
11
2,526,25
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
I202_30355
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
46,5
84
126
28 27
42
Ø 4,5
130,3
145,3
155,9
15,3 6
13,4
13,32,5
11
I202_30369
PH_07.book Seite 49 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
50 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2 (continued)
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2844-0NE10-0, 3KD3044-0NE10-0, 3KD3244-0NE10-0, 3KD3444-0NE10-0, 3KD3644-0NE10-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD2844-2NE10-0, 3KD3044-2NE10-0, 3KD3244-2NE10-0, 3KD3444-2NE10-0
2,526,25
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
20
Ø9
46,5
84
104
130
3
28
27
42
Ø 4,5
157,3
172,3
182,9
15,3 6
11
I202_30373
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
46,5
84
126
28 27
42
Ø 4,5
157,3
172,3
182,9
15,3 6
11
13,4
13,32,5
I202_30387
PH_07.book Seite 50 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
51
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2834-0NE40-0, 3KD3034-0NE40-0, 3KD3234-0NE40-0, 3KD3434-0NE40-0, 3KD3634-0NE40-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, box terminal,
3KD2834-2NE40-0, 3KD3034-2NE40-0, 3KD3234-2NE40-0, 3KD3434-2NE40-0
20
Ø 9
46,5
84
104
130
3
28
27
42
Ø 4,5
130,3
145,3
155,9
6 15,3
11
2,526,25
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
I202_30357
46,5
84
126
2827
42
Ø 4,5
130,3
145,3
155,9
6 15,3
11
1,56,5
44
62
68
29
45
35,3
13,4
13,32,5
I202_30371
PH_07.book Seite 51 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
52 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2 (continued)
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD2844-0NE40-0, 3KD3044-0NE40-0, 3KD3244-0NE40-0, 3KD3444-0NE40-0, 3KD3644-0NE40-0
Size 2, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, box terminal,
3KD2844-2NE40-0, 3KD3044-2NE40-0, 3KD3244-2NE40-0, 3KD3444-2NE40-0
20
Ø 9
46,5
84
104
130
3
28
27
42
Ø 4,5
157,3
172,3
182,9
6 15,3
11
2,526,25
1,5 6,5
44
62
68
35,3
45
29
I202_30375
46,5
84
126
2827
42
Ø 4,5
157,3
172,3
182,9
6 15,3
11
1,56,5
44
62
68
29
45
35,3
13,4
13,32,5
I202_30389
PH_07.book Seite 52 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
53
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Accessories
Direct operating mechanisms
Size 2, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, standard version,
3KD9201-1, 3KD9201-2
Size 2, accessories: Direct operating mechanism, flat version (suitable
for distribution boards), 3KD9201-0, 3KD9201-8
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription 0-I, 8UD1171-2AD11, 8UD1171-2AD15
Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1171-2AF21, 8UD1171-2AF25
89
25
28
73
55
97
I201_18708
89
25
28
73
55
97
I201_18710
75
75
83 71
I202_30494
75
75
83 71
I202_30496
PH_07.book Seite 53 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
54 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 2 (continued)
Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1
8UD1771-2AD01, 8UD1771-2AD05, 8UD1771-2CD01, 8UD1771-2CD05
Size 2, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1
8UD1771-2AF01, 8UD1771-2AF05, 8UD1171-2CF01, 8UD1171-2CF05
3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 2, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver
3KD9115-1, 3KD9115-2
Size 2, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver,
3KD9115-3, 3KD9115-4
75
75
83 71
I202_30490
75
75
83 71
I202_30492
75
75
83 71
I202_30496
75
13
56
65
75
36
I201_18756
PH_07.book Seite 54 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
55
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 2 (continued)
Other accessories
Size 2, accessories, phase barriers 3KD9108-6, 3KD9108-8 Size 2, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version,
3KD9204-6, 3KD9204-8
Size 2, accessories: Cable connection covers, short version,
3KD9204-7, 3KD9204-5
48
71
I201_18725
168
200
226
52
240
I201_18727
78
81
52
194
55
I201_18728
81
PH_07.book Seite 55 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
56 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 3
Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms
All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating
mechanisms that are mounted on the front and the left.
Size 3, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 3-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3632-0PE10-0, 3KD3832-0PE10-0, 3KD4032-0PE10-0,
3KD4232-0PE10-0
Size 3, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, 4-pole, flat terminal, 3KD3642-0PE10-0, 3KD3842-0PE10-0, 3KD4042-0PE10-0,
3KD4242-0PE10-0
Auxiliary
switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
44 30 Ø11
Ø4,2
47
A
R92,8
167
190
200
208
65
100
110
131
164
6
40
CB
85,5
130,5
44
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
126
139
126
139
139
37
45
37
45
45
36,3
32,3
36,3
32,3
32,3
ABC
I201_18661
Auxiliary switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
44
Ø4,2
30 Ø11
65 44
100
110
131
164
211
234
244
252
6
40
CB
85,5
130,5
47
A
R92,8
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
126
139
126
139
139
37
45
37
45
45
36,3
32,3
36,3
32,3
32,3
ABC
I201_18667
PH_07.book Seite 56 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
57
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 3 (continued)
Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3630-0PE10-0, 3KD3830-0PE10-0, 3KD4030-0PE10-0, 3KD4230-0PE10-0
Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3640-0PE10-0, 3KD3840-0PE10-0, 3KD4040-0PE10-0, 3KD4240-0PE10-0
Auxiliary
switches
see table
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
44
Ø4,2
30 Ø11
65 44
100
110
131
164
167
190
200
208
6
40
CB
85,5
93,5
47 0
-10
47
A
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
126
139
126
139
139
37
45
37
45
45
36,3
32,3
36,3
32,3
32,3
ABC
I201_18674
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
44
Ø4,2
30 Ø11
65 44
100
110
131
164
167
190
200
208
6
40
CB
85,5
130,5
47 0
-10
47
A
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
126
139
126
139
139
37
45
37
45
45
36,3
32,3
36,3
32,3
32,3
ABC
I201_18686
PH_07.book Seite 57 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
58 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 3 (continued)
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications
Size 3, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3660-0PE20-0, 3KD3860-0PE20-0, 3KD4060-0PE20-0, 3KD4260-0PE20-0
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3634-0PE10-0, 3KD3834-0PE10-0, 3KD4034-0PE10-0, 3KD4234-0PE10-0
322
332
340
299
7 7
4366
85,5
93,5
30
11
110
100
131
65
164
4
44
44
47
4,2
I202_30393
110
100
131
65
164
4
190
200
208
167
7 7
4366
85,5
95
39,5
25
30
11
44
44
47
4,2
8,5
I202_30359
PH_07.book Seite 58 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
59
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 3 (continued)
Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3644-0PE10-0, 3KD3844-0PE10-0, 3KD4044-0PE10-0, 3KD4244-0PE10-0
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right
Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD3634-0PE40-0, 3KD3834-0PE40-0, 3KD4034-0PE40-0, 3KD4234-0PE40-0
4366
85,5
95
39,5
25
30
Ø 11
110
100
131
65
164
4
44
44
234
244
252
211
47
Ø 4,2
8,5
7 7
I202_30377
40
Ø14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
260
276
288
228
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
8 38,5 8
101,5
111,5
43
106,5
I202_23527
PH_07.book Seite 59 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
60 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 3 (continued)
Size 3, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4444-0RE40-0, 3KD4644-0QE40-0, 3KD4844-0QE40-0
40
Ø14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
320
336
348
288
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
8 38,5 8
101,5
111,5
43
106,5
I202_23548
PH_07.book Seite 60 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
61
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 3 (continued)
Accessories
Size 3, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9301-1, 3KD9301-2
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for
3KD switch disconnectors, size 3, are available only with the
inscription TEST-0-1
Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1141-2AF21, 8UD1141-2AF25
Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1
8UD1841-2AD01, 8UD1841-2AD05, 8UD1841-2CD01, 8UD1841-2CD05
Size 3, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription TEST-0-1
8UD1841-2AF01, 8UD1841-2AF05, 8UD1841-2CF01, 8UD1841-2CF05
Extension shaft
116
89,25
44
36
100
87
47
130,5
41,5
I201_18747
91,4
100
150
100
I201_19445
100
150
100
91,4
I201_19448
100
150
100
91,4
I201_19449
PH_07.book Seite 61 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
62 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 3 (continued)
3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 3, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver
3KD9315-1, 3KD9315-2
Size 3, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver,
3KD9315-3, 3KD9315-4
Other accessories
Size 3, accessories, phase barriers 3KD9308-6, 3KD9308-8
156
100
100
86,8
I202_23910
86,8
100
100
156
I202_23930
313
253
106,5
68
I201_18775
PH_07.book Seite 62 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
63
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 3 (continued)
Size 3, accessories: Cable connection covers, standard version,
3KD9304-6, 3KD9304-8
Size 3, accessories: Cable connection covers, short version,
3KD9304-7, 3KD9304-5
317
108,5
132 81
I201_18778
218
59
132 81
I201_18781
PH_07.book Seite 63 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
64 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 4
Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms
All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating
mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left.
Size 4, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4432-0QE10-0, 3KD4632-0QE10-0, 3KD4832-0QE10-0
Size 4, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4442-0QE10-0, 3KD4642-0QE10-0, 3KD4842-0QE10-0
40
Ø14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
260
276
288
228
67,5
Ø 6,6
R145,5
838,58
101,5
166,5
I202_23522
Auxiliary switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
60
Ø6,6
40 Ø14
93 44
145
161
187
235
288
320
329
351
8
46,5
CB
101,5
166,5
A
R140
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
171
184
171
184
184
37
45
37
45
45
49,15
45,15
49,15
45,15
45,15
ABC
I201_18668
PH_07.book Seite 64 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
65
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 4 (continued)
Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4430-0QE10-0, 3KD4630-0QE10-0, 3KD4830-0QE10-0
Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4440-0QE10-0, 3KD4640-0QE10-0, 3KD4840-0QE10-0
Auxiliary switches
see table
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
60
Ø6,6
40 Ø14
93 44
145
161
187
235
228
260
279
291
8
46,5
CB
101,5
110
67,5
A
60 0
-10
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
171
184
171
184
184
37
45
37
45
45
49,15
45,15
49,15
45,15
45,15
ABC
I201_18676
Auxiliary switches
see table
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
60
Ø6,6
40 Ø14
93 44
145
161
187
235
288
320
339
351
8
46,5
CB
101,5
110
67,5
A
60 0
-10
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
171
184
171
184
184
37
45
37
45
45
49,15
45,15
49,15
45,15
45,15
ABC
I201_18688
PH_07.book Seite 65 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
66 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 4 (continued)
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications
Size 4, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications, flat terminal,
3KD4460-0QE20-0, 3KD4660-0QE20-0, 3KD4860-0QE20-0
40
14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
440
456
468
408
67,5
6,6
10 10
838,58
101,5
110
I202_30395
PH_07.book Seite 66 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
67
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 4 (continued)
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4434-0QE10-0, 3KD4634-0QE10-0, 3KD4834-0QE10-0
Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4444-0QE10-0, 3KD4644-0QE10-0, 3KD4844-0QE10-0
260
276
288
228
10 10
40
Ø 14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
838,58
101,5
111,5
43
38,5
I202_30361
838,58
101,5
111,5
43
38,5
40
Ø 14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
320
336
348
288
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
10 10
I202_30379
PH_07.book Seite 67 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
68 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 4 (continued)
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right
Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4434-0QE40-0, 3KD4634-0QE40-0, 3KD4834-0QE40-0
Size 4, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD4444-0QE40-0, 3KD4644-0QE40-0, 3KD4844-0QE40-0
40
Ø14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
260
276
288
228
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
8 38,5 8
101,5
111,5
43
106,5
I202_23527
40
Ø14
161
145
187
93
235
3
60
60
320
336
348
288
67,5
Ø 6,6
11
8 38,5 8
101,5
111,5
43
106,5
I202_23548
PH_07.book Seite 68 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
69
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 4 (continued)
Accessories
Direct operating mechanisms
Size 4, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9401-1, 3KD9401-2
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors, size 4, available only with inscription TEST-0-1
Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1151-3AF21, 8UD1151-3AF25
Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1
8UD1851-3AD01, 8UD1851-3AD05, 8UD1851-3CD01, 8UD1851-3CD05
Size 4, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle with lighting without extension shaft and coupling driver,
inscription TEST-0-1 8UD1851-3AF01, 8UD1851-3AF05, 8UD1851-3CF01, 8UD1851-3CF05
Extension
shaft
60
46
145
128
67,5
55
166,5
171,5
140±0,32
I201_18748
100 190
100
91,4
I201_19446
100
190
100
91,4
I201_19450
100
190
100
91,4
I201_19451
PH_07.book Seite 69 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
70 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 4 (continued)
3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 4, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver
3KD9415-1, 3KD9415-2
Size 4, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver,
3KD9415-3, 3KD9415-4
Other accessories
Size 4, accessories, phase barriers, 3KD9408-6, 3KD9408-8
190
100
100
86,8
I202_23912
100
140
100
13
78
86
I201_18758
75
389
317
I201_18776
122
PH_07.book Seite 70 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
71
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 4 (continued)
Size 4, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version, 3KD9404-6, 3KD9404-8
Size 4, accessories, cable connection covers, short version, 3KD9404-7, 3KD9404-5
93.5
401
128
I201_18779
180
93.5
280
I201_18782
67.5
180
PH_07.book Seite 71 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
72 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 5
Complete assemblies with direct operating mechanisms
All complete assemblies are equipped with direct operating
mechanisms that are mounted on the front and left.
Size 5, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5032-0RE10-0, 3KD5232-0RE10-0, 3KD5432-0RE10-0
Size 5, complete assembly with direct operating mechanism, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5042-0RE10-0, 3KD5242-0RE10-0, 3KD5442-0RE10-0
Auxiliary
switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
90
Ø8,4 60 Ø14
180
33 218
220
10
241
270
310
340
360
366
382
13
61
CB
140,5
212,5
80
A
R200
90
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
206
219
206
219
219
37
45
37
45
45
81,5
77,5
81,5
77,5
77,5
ABC
I201_18663
Auxiliary switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
90 60 Ø14Ø8,4
180
33 218
220
10
241
270
310
430
450
456
472
13
61
CB
140,5
212,5
80
R200
A
90
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
206
219
206
219
219
37
45
37
45
45
81,5
77,5
81,5
77,5
77,5
ABC
I201_18669
PH_07.book Seite 72 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
73
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 5 (continued)
Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5030-0RE10-0, 3KD5230-0RE10-0, 3KD5430-0RE10-0
Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5040-0RE10-0, 3KD5240-0RE10-0, 3KD5440-0RE10-0
Auxiliary switches
see table
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
90
Ø84 60 Ø14
180
33 218
220
10
241
270
310
340
360
366
382
13
61
CB
140,5
152,5
80
A
90
88 0
-10
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
206
219
206
219
219
37
45
37
45
45
81,5
77,5
81,5
77,5
77,5
ABC
I201_18678
Auxiliary switches
see table
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
90 60 Ø14Ø14
180
33 218
220
10
241
270
310
430
450
465
472
13
61
CB
140,5
152,5
80
A
90
88 0
-10
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
206
219
206
219
219
37
45
37
45
45
81,5
77,5
81,5
77,5
77,5
ABC
I201_18690
PH_07.book Seite 73 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
74 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 5 (continued)
Front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications
Size 5, basic unit without handle, front operating mechanism, operating mechanism in the center, 6-pole for DC applications, flat terminal,
3KD5060-0RE20-0, 3KD5260-0RE20-0, 3KD5460-0RE20-0
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left
Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5034-0RE10-0, 3KD5234-0RE10-0, 3KD5434-0RE10-0
220
10
180
310
218
270 3
9090
90
652
636
630
610
80
Ø 8,2
11 11
13
140,5
152,5
I202_30397
90
382
366
360
340
11 11
220
180
310
218
270 3
10
60
Ø14
90 90
105113
140,5
154
60,5
45
80
Ø 8,4
12.5
I202_30363
PH_07.book Seite 74 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
75
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 5 (continued)
Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the left, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5044-0RE10-0, 3KD5244-0RE10-0, 3KD5444-0RE10-0
Side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right
Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 3-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5034-0RE40-0, 3KD5234-0RE40-0, 3KD5434-0RE40-0
105113
140,5
154
60,5
45
60
Ø 14
220
180
310
218
270 3
10
90 90
90
472
456
450
430
80
Ø 8,4
12,5
11 11
I202_30381
2 16,4
9,6
29
45
35,3
68
62
44
6,51,5
11
615,3
121,3
136,3
146,9
Ø 4,5
42
1828
119
84
46,5
I202_30383
PH_07.book Seite 75 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
76 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 5 (continued)
Size 5, basic unit without handle, side operating mechanism, operating mechanism on the right, 4-pole, flat terminal,
3KD5044-0RE40-0, 3KD5244-0RE40-0, 3KD5444-0RE40-0
Installation depth
of extension shaft
Auxiliary switches
see table
Auxiliary switch type
Dimension
60 90
33
Ø1461 Ø8,4
90
60,5
13
140,5
154
AB 430
450
456
472
484,5
180
218
270
310
135
10
80
220
A
64 0
-10
3SB3400-0B,
3SB3400-0D,
3SB3400-0C,
3SB3400-0E,
3SB3400-0A,
206
219
206
219
219
37
45
37
45
45
81,5
77,5
81,5
77,5
77,5
ABC
I201_18701
PH_07.book Seite 76 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
77
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Dimensions
Size 5 (continued)
Accessories
Direct operating mechanisms
Size 5, accessories, direct operating mechanism, standard version, 3KD9501-1, 3KD9501-2
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms:
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors, size 5, available only with inscription TEST-0-1
Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1161-4AF21, 8UD1161-4AF25
Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle without extension shaft and coupling driver, inscription 0-1
8UD1861-4AD01, 8UD1861-4AD05, 8UD1861-4CD01, 8UD1861-4CD05
Size 5, accessories, 8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, handle with lighting without extension shaft and coupling driver,
inscription TEST-0-1, 8UD1861-4AF01, 8UD1861-4AF05, 8UD1861-4CF01, 8UD1861-4CF05
Extension shaft
247
200
90
74
180
80
160
I201_18749
212,5
84
100
250
100
91,4
I201_19447
100
250
100
91,4
I201_19452
100
250
100
91,4
I201_19452
PH_07.book Seite 77 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
78 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Size 5 (continued)
3KD9/8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Size 5, accessories, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism including 300 mm extension shaft and coupling driver
3KD9515-1, 3KD9515-2
Size 5, accessories, handles without extension shaft and coupling driver, 3KD9515-3, 3KD9515-4
Other accessories
Size 5, accessories, phase barriers, 3KD9508-6, 3KD9508-8 Size 5, accessories, cable connection covers, standard version,
3KD9504-6, 3KD9504-8
250
100
100
86,8
I202_23914
10015
78
86
100
200
I201_18759
96
450
135
I201_18777
450
135
270 117,5
I201_18780
PH_07.book Seite 78 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
79
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KD Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Typical circuit diagrams
■
Circuit diagrams
AC applications
AC applications, 3-pole
Note: The 4th contact element is an optional accessory
Options for additional poles
AC applications, 4-pole
DC applications
DC applications, 2 series-connected switching poles - max. 220 V DC
DC applications, 3 series-connected switching poles - max. 440 V DC
1
2
3
4
5N
6N
I201_18788
1
2
3
4
5N
6N
I201_18789
N
N
N
N
N
N
1
2
3
4
5N
6N
I201_18790
1
2
3
4
5N
6N
1
PN
23
I201_18791
LOAD
1
PN
23
LOAD
1
PN
23
LOAD
1
PN
23
I201_18792
LOAD
1
PN
23
LOAD
PH_07.book Seite 79 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
80 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
■
Overview
For the 3KA switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard
and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets.
A changeover operating mechanism is available for the use of
two switch disconnectors of the 3KE series as load changeover
switches.
A switch coupling permits simultaneous switching of two
3KE switch disconnectors with identical or different rated
operational currents.
Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for
3KL and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock
keeping.
■
Application
3KA and 3KE switch disconnectors are used as main control,
EMERGENCY-STOP, maintenance and transfer switches in dis-
tribution boards for residential and non-residential buildings as
well as industrial switchgear. As three and four-pole versions,
they ensure making and breaking of the specified rated current
under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety isolating
function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits.
All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the re-
quirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660
Part 107. Switch disconnectors in the type-tested 8HP molded-
plastic distribution board enclosure (IP65 degree of protection)
are available for use as safety switches.
For additional data, see catalog LV 10, chapters "Distribution
boards" and "iPo installation terminals".
2
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
1
9
4th pole (optional, only for 3KA)
All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with
non-interchangeability features.
IP20 terminal cover (Operator side)
3K switch disconnector
Arcing contacts (only for 3KE)
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
8UC9 handle for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red).
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version
(ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow).
Auxiliary switch (3SB for 3KA; 3KX for 3KE)
9
88
11
22
33
44
66
77
55
NSE0_01931d
PH_07.book Seite 80 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
81
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Introduction
■
Technical specifications
1)
Technical specifications for approval on request.
2)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature
at connections 100 °C.
3)
With 3KA58 for operation -25 °C ... +35 °C, 570 A at 55 °C.
4)
Only available with fuses 3NA3 8, 3NA3 2 or 3ND1 8, 3ND1 2
(otherwise only 105 kA/50 kA).
5)
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
6)
AC-23B.
7)
220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC
(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
8)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
9)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3KA50 3KA51 3KA52
1)
3KA53
1)
3KA55
1)
3KA57
1)
3KA58
1)
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A63 80 125 160 250 400 630
3)
Conventional free air thermal current I
th2)
A63 80 125 160 250 400 630
3)
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
V220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
V110 (1 conducting path)
Rated short-circuit making capacity I
cm
with upstream fuses
4)
kA 220 220 220 220 176 176 105
At 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC, peak value
Rated conditional short-circuit current
with upstream fuses
4)
kA 100 100 100 100 80 80 50
At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V, rms value
Max. rated current I
n
of fuses A 63 80 160 160 400 400 630
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 810 17 17 30
5)
30
5)
40
5)
Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s55 55 223 223 1000 1000 2600
Permissible let-through current of an upstream
circuit breaker
kA 78815 25 25 32
At 50/60 Hz, 690 V AC, peak value
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses kA 7 7 7 9 20 25 35
At AC 50 Hz/60 Hz 690 V, peak value
Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 650 1000 1280 2000 3200 5040
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 630
6)
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 40 65 80 132 200 350
At 500 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 640 1000 1280 2000 3200 3200
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A, AC-22A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 630
- AC-23A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 40 50 90 110 185 280 280
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 3200
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A, AC-22A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 630
- AC-23A A 63 63 125 160 250 400 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 50 50 110 150 220 375 375
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)
7)
• Breaking current I
c
(L/R = 15 ms) A 250 260 500 640 1000
8)
1600 1600
• Rated operational current I
e
at DC-23A A 63 63 125 160 250
9)
400 400
Rated short-time current I
cw
(1 s current, rms value)
kA 2.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 811 15
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
3)
°C -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15 000 15 000 15000 15 000 12 000 12 000 12 000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with busbar and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch at I
th
W 7 12 22 22 33 72 170
Main conductor connection
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) mm 25 x 9 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 12 40 x 15
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
35 35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or 1
x 240
2 x 240
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 35 ... 45
Terminal screws M6 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10
Protective conductor connection
Flat bars mm -- -- -- -- 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
-- -- -- -- 70 120 120
PH_07.book Seite 81 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
82 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3KE42 3KE43 3KE44 3KE45
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A250 400 630 1000
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V1000 AC, 1200 DC
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 8 8 8 8
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
V220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
Rated short-circuit making capacity I
cm
kA 35 35 60 60
At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with upstream fuses kA 105 105 105 84
At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value)
Rated conditional short-circuit current
with upstream fuses
A 50 50 50 40
At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (rms value)
Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s2150 2150 5400 19000
Permissible let-through current of an upstream
circuit breaker
At 50/60 Hz AC, 690 V (peak value) kA 35 35 60 60
Max. rated current I
n
of fuse A 400 400 630 1000
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 38 38 60 75
Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(rms value at p.f. = 0.35) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
at 500 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(rms value at p.f. = 0.35) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(rms value at p.f. = 0.35) A 1 000 1000 2520 2520
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
• Breaking current I
c
(L/R = 5 ms) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
• Rated operational current I
e
at
- DC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- DC-22A A 250 250 630 630
Rated short-time current I
cw
(1 s current, rms value)
kA 12.5 12.5 21 21
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
°C -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 10 000
Degree of protection IP00
Power loss of the switch at I
th
W15 33 78 180
Main conductor connections
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) mm 25 x 10 25 x 10 2 x 40 x 10 2 x 40 x 10
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
2 x 150 2 x 150, 1 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240
PH_07.book Seite 82 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
83
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Floor mounting
■
Dimensional drawings
3KA50, 63 A, 3KA51, 80 A, 3-pole
3KA50 and 3KA51: Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version
corresponds to 3KA52
Without shaft, without operating mechanism
3KA50, 63 A, 3KA51, 80 A, 3-pole
3KA50 and 3KA51: Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version
corresponds to 3KA52
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KA50, 3KA51
3KA52, 125 A
3KA53, 160 A
3KA50, 3KA51, 4-pole
Without shaft, without operating mechanism
3KA52, 125 A
3KA53, 160 A
3KA50, 3KA51, 4-pole
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
4th pole 3KX3523-0AA
For 3KA53, 3KA52
3KA55, 250 A, 3KA57, 400 A
Without shaft, without operating mechanism
3KA55, 250 A, 3KA57, 400 A, 3KA58, 630 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
NSE0_00305a
43,5 4,5 15
4,5 6,6
25 22,5 32,5
120
M 6x20
23 2 150
80
90
90
105
30
WWZW]
aShaft length
Max. 380 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC71
Min. 175 175
-80
; shaft from 8UC71 short
≥ 175 ... ≤ 380 a
-80
6-0,1
R2
NSE0_00291 Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 70 mm
max. 150 mm
uzlWWWZW_
15 85 55
63
25 c
125
110
91
gi
d
143
h
100
35
38 90
185
e5l
uzlWWWZW`
8
1,5...4 66 75 65
60 42 - 50
Ø4,5
3KA52, 3KA53
NSE0_00281
8-0,1
R2
Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 70 mm
max. 150 mm
aShaft length
Max. 350 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC72
Min. 165 165
-50
; shaft from 8UC72 short
≥ 165 ... ≤ 350 a
-50
N
N
NSE0_00279c
h
30
lc
215
16,5
46
n
Type c h n
3KA52
3KA53
15
20
91
105
106
125
4th pole 15 91 106
Type c d e g h i l n
3KA52
3KA53
15
20
M6 × 20
M8 × 25
37
39
42
39.5
91
105
3
3.5
∅ 6.6
∅ 9
10
12
4th pole 15 M6 × 20 -- 48 91 3∅ 6.6 10
107 65
26,5 86 25 11
ab
c
3
16
Ø11 20 7
17
100
240
132
207
130
135
41
160
NSE0_00312a
NSE0_00313
10
a
1,5...4 88 100
140 63 - 65
Ø5,5 88
3KA55, 3KA57, 3KA58
NSE0_00283
R2
10-0,1
Shaft (profile)
Engaged
length:
min. 170 mm
max. 205 mm
aShaft length
Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73
Min. 230 230
-35
; shaft from 8UC73 short
≥ 230 ... ≤ 335 a
-35
PH_07.book Seite 83 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
84 Siemens · 10/2015
Floor mounting
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
3KA58, 630 A
Without shaft, without operating mechanism
3KA58 4th pole 3KX3553-0AA
For 3KA55, 3KA57, 3KA58
NSE0_00314a
107 65
30
8626,5
240
100
17
20 7
16
180
41
130
150
11
ab
c
128
207
3
Type a b c
3KA55,
3KA57
3KA58
40
38
4
6
M10 × 30
M10 × 35
4th pole 80 4 M10 × 30
N
N
100
135
160
55,5
25
53
293
c
NSE0_00285b
3KE4
FRONT OPERATING MECHANISM with handle
3KE4
Rear rotary operating mechanism without handle
3KX2210-0H
Coupling socket
m
46,5
e
22,5
24
g
b
d
n
32
14,5
w
128
152
k
f
7
NSE0_00318a
90°
187
p
133
h
8
y
z
t
c
19
v
34,5
l
254
12
3KX2 210-0H
x
5
Keep this
space free
(arc exit)
d14,5
b
m1
20
11
7
195
128
152
k
f
90°
12
y
z
63,5
4,5
40
12
t
c
l
o
92 32
h
NSE0_00319b
100
s
u
209
8
29
n1
68
g
x
97
e
7
1
5
1
p
w1
Keep this space free
(arc exit)
Caution!
Must not
be used
as a drive.
NSE0_00320
12
111
Type b c d e f g h h
1
k l m m
1
n n
1
o p p
1
s t u v w w
1
x y z
3KE42 155 170 140 25 200 40 60 92 175 M10 × 30 194 194 129 121 4 150 182 15 -- 105 140 170 172 M10 × 18 50 50
3KE43 155 170 140 25 200 47 60 92 175 M10 × 30 194 194 129 121 4 150 182 15 -- 105 140 170 172 M10 × 18 50 50
3KE44 170 192 155 40 278 55 65 97 238 M12 × 35 209 208 144 136 5 161 193 23 3.5 121 200 172 172 M10 × 18 -- --
3KE45 170 192 155 40 290 65 68 100 250 M12 × 50 209 208 144 136 8 161 193 23 3.5 121 200 172 172 M12 × 25 -- --
3KE4. 30-0EA
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
NSE0_00321
q
100
1,5...4
r88
88
63 5,5
to 65
Type rShaft length q
3KE42, 3KE43 Max. 433 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73 140
Min. 200 67; shortened shaft from 8UC73 140
≥ 200 ... ≤ 433 r – 133 140
3KE44, 3KE45 Max. 433 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC74 140
Min. 210 77; shortened shaft from 8UC74 140
≥ 210 ... ≤ 433 r – 133 140
PH_07.book Seite 84 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
85
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Floor mounting
■
Circuit diagrams
Internal circuit diagram for 3KA
(for 3KA50 and 3KA51, only one auxiliary switch possible;
4th pole possible as main contact)
Internal circuit diagram for 3KE
Internal circuit diagram for 3KA and 3KE
(Auxiliary switch not included in scope) Use for DC voltage at
DC-23A 440 V)
Circuit diagram for changeover switch
with break-before-make feature
3KX2210 changeover operating mechanism 3KX2250-1A operating linkage
NSE0_00322
e212
f
209
c
12
25
248,5
b
a
57
152
d
122
90
7
NSE0_00323
58
44
72
12
40
212
Version For type a b c d e f q
Break-
before-
make
3KE42, 3KE43
3KE44
3KE45
352
367
367
140
155
155
427
442
442
92.5
92.5
92.5
115
115
115
45
45
55
200
200
200
Without
interruption
3KE42, 3KE43
3KE44
3KE45
352
367
367
140
155
155
417
432
432
74.5
74.5
74.5
97
97
97
35
35
35
200
200
200
1
2
3
4
5
6
13 11
14 12
23 21
24 22
NSE0_00185
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
18
25
26
NSE0_00186
2
3
NSE0_01528
1
46
5
PN
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
I0II
I
II
NSE0_00188
PH_07.book Seite 85 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
86 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Overview
I202_02420a
2
34
56
8
11
12
1
7
13
910
26
27
25
14
15
16
17
21
22
18 19 20
23
24
Switch disconnector
Circular conductor terminal
Front connection
Rear connection
Auxiliary conductor terminal
Front connecting bus with increased
pole spacing
Insulating barriers
Lateral rotary operating mechanism
Shunt release
Undervoltage release
Adapter to install on 35 mm DIN rail
Locking device type lever
Signal switch
Auxiliary switch
Mechanical parallel switching
Mechanical interlocking
Front rotary operating mechanism
Front rotary operating mechanism
Lateral rotary operating mechanism (right)
Lateral rotary operating mechanism (left)
Non lockable knob
Coupling driver
Telescopic extension shaft
Lockable knob
Lockable knob
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
PH_07.book Seite 86 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
87
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
General data
■
Application
3VT switch disconnectors can be used as main control switches
for sub-distribution boards, repair and transfer switches for
cables, busbars or unit combinations.
As three and four-pole versions, they ensure making and brea-
king of the specified rated current under load. At the same time,
they constitute a safety isolating function and isolating distance
in all low-voltage circuits.
The position of the operating toggle lever always matches that
of the contacts (positive operation).
All 3VT switch disconnectors meet the requirements of
IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3.
■
Technical specifications
Standards AIEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A160 250 630 1000 1600
Number of poles 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 3
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690
Utilization category
• 690 V AC AC-23A AC-23B
• 440 V DC DC-22A DC-23B
Rated operational voltage U
e
• 50/60 Hz AC V 690
•DC 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
kA
rms
2/1s 3/5s 7.5/5s 15/1s 20/1s
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 8
Rated short-circuit making capacity I
cm
• At 415 V AC kA 2.8 414 30 40
• At 440 V DC kA 2.8 414 30 40
Endurance
• Mechanical Operating cycles 20,000 30,000 20,000 10,000 10,000
• Electrical at 415 V AC Operating cycles 6,000 3,000 5,000 4,000 4,000
Switching frequency Switching cycles/h 120 120 120 120 120
Power loss per pole W15 18 75 100 120
PH_07.book Seite 87 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
88 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9100-4TF30)
1.5
Ø
6.4 68.5
40.5
R54.6
TEST
OFF
ON
7
25
75
93
100
111
118
130 98
25 2525
12
18
80
70
220
14°
2°
13°
45
15
38
63
20
100
4 x
Ø
4
NSO0_00018
2 x Ø 16.2
68.5
TEST
OFF
ON
75
100
111
154
186
202
220
2525
25
168
136
31 20
NSO0_00020
PH_07.book Seite 88 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
89
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4ED30
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4RC30
36.5
37.537.5
Ø 10.5
TEST
OFF
ON
100
111
130
18310
20
25
25
75
20
4
22
2525
15 100
4 x Ø 4
NSO0_00026
TEST
OFF
ON
75
25
25
25
35
111
100
130
12
80
70
42
87
NSO0_00023
3
2
25 25
100
25
Ø 15
2 x
Ø
4
9.5
Ø
6.4
Ø
13.2
5.5
PH_07.book Seite 89 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
90 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle
Dimensions of door cutout
Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism – right
27.5
13VT1
23VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0
33VT9100-3HE.0, 3HF.0
22.5 22.5
TEST
45°
90°
75
98 29
63
1
2
3
NSO0_00029
27,5
22,5 22,5
TEST
TEST
45°
90°
75
NSO0_00031
98
63
45
45
1
2
34
5
6
124 ... 448 (-3HJ10)
297 ... 450 (-3HJ20)
13VT1
23VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0
33VT9100-3HJ.0
43VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
53VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
ø6
ø37
32
32
min.50
45.5 ... 369.5 (3HJ10)
218.5 ... 371.5 (3HJ20)
26.6 114.5
NSO0_00035a
TEST
63
90°
45°
45
50
1
3
26
5
4
13VT1
23VT9100-3HD10
33VT9100-3HJ.0
43VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
53VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
PH_07.book Seite 90 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
91
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism – left
Dimensions of door cutout
Fixed-mounted version, mounting on standard mounting rail, width 35 mm
Fixed-mounted version and lateral motorized operating mechanism
46.6
49.9
65.5 ... 389.5 (3HJ10)
238.5 ... 391.5 (3HJ20)
114.5
NSO0_00036
75
63
90°
45°
45
TEST
1
4
5
6
3
2
13VT1
23VT9100-3HC10
33VT9100-3HJ.0
43VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
53VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
32
32
ø37
ø6
2.7
40.5
TEST
OFF
ON
2
72
82
86
45
67
130
NSO0_00043
130
150
NSO0_00555
130
150
NSO0_00555
PH_07.book Seite 91 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
92 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
4-pole, fixed-mounted version
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4FT40
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9100-4RC00
1.5
Ø 6.4
68.5
40.5
R54.6
TEST
OFF
ON
7
25 25
100
93
100
111
118
130 98
25 2550
12
18
80
70
220
14°
2°
13°
45
15
38
63
20
100
M3
NSO0_00014
9.5
Ø
6.4
Ø
13.2
5.5
TEST
OFF
ON
100
25
25
2525
100
35
111
12
80
70
42
87
NSO0_00016
3
2
25 25 25
100
25
M3
Ø 15
80
9.5
87
42
35
111
12
ø6.4
ø13.2
3
70
NSO0_00557
252525
100
130
25
100
100
130
111
M3
2
25
25
5.5
25 25
ø15
NSO0_00559
PH_07.book Seite 92 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
93
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism
Fixed-mounted version, front operating mechanism with adjustable handle
Dimensions of door cutout
52,5
22,5 22,5
TEST
45°
90°
75
100
NSO0_00028
98 29
63
1
2
3
13VT1
23VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0
33VT9100-3HE.0, 3HF.0
NSO0_00525
98
63
1
2
34
5
6
124 ... 448 (-3HJ10)
297 ... 450 (-3HJ20)
22.5 22.5
45°
90°
52.5
100
45
45
13VT1
23VT9100-3HA.0, -3HB.0
33VT9100-3HJ.0
43VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
53VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
ø6
ø37
32
32
NSO0_00553
min.50
PH_07.book Seite 93 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
94 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism – right
Fixed-mounted version, lateral rotary operating mechanism – left
Dimensions of door cutout
Fixed-mounted version, mounting on standard mounting rail, width 35 mm
62.5 49.9
26.6
45.5 ... 369.5 (3HJ10)
218.5 ... 371.5 (3HJ20)
114.5
NSO0_00032
TEST
100
63
90°
45°
45
1
3
26
5
4
13VT1
23VT9100-3HD10
33VT9100-3HJ.0
43VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
53VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
46.6
49.9 37.5
65.5 ... 389.5 (3HJ10)
238.5 ... 391.5 (3HJ20)
114.5
NSO0_00033a
TEST
100
63
90°
45°
45
1
4
5
6
3
2
3VT1
3VT9100-3HC10
3VT9100-3HJ.0
3VT9100-3HE.0, -3HF.0
3VT9100-3HG.0, -3HH.0
1
2
3
4
5
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
NSO0_00554
32
32
ø37
ø6
2.7
40.5
TEST
OFF
ON
2
72
82
86
45
67
130
NSO0_00038
PH_07.book Seite 94 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
95
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT1 switch disconnectors up to 160 A
Arrangement of switch disconnectors with mechanical interlock 3VT9100-8LA00
Arrangement of switch disconnectors with mechanical interlock for parallel switching 3VT9100-8LA00
Fixed-mounted version and lateral motorized operating mechanism
NSO0_00039
TEST
148.2
NSO0_00041
T
148.2
NSO0_00044
TESTTEST
175
130
PH_07.book Seite 95 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
96 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9224-4TD30
105
ON
OFF
TEST
35 35
35
48
154
162
167
193
213
225
16
26 Ø 8.5
2
65
29.5
60
20
105
117 5
121
35.5
18
25 4
103
162
3535
31.5
NSO0_00503
4 x Ø 5.5
R 88
2°
26°
17°
150 ... > AC 415 V
100 ... < AC 415 V
Drilling plan
ON
OFF
TEST
35
105
35 35
162
193
225
248
273
335
30
NSO0_00107
105
223
25
42
Ø
22
PH_07.book Seite 96 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
97
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9203-4TF30
NSO0_00109
ON
OFF
TEST
35
261
224
25
2440
105
35 35
162
193
225
244
281
301
335
25
105
Ø
18
Ø
18
ON
OFF
TEST
35
105
236
259
213
36
24
47
58
105
35 35
162
193
223
225
246
269
287
25
11
NSO0_00113
335
24
24
6 x
Ø
8.4
PH_07.book Seite 97 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
98 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4ED30
Drilling plan
105
ON
OFF
TEST
35 35
35
48
65
154
162
193
105
16
36
20
46
4
16
35
98
35
162
193
225
28 2
21
R 6
NSO0_00115
7.5
Ø
8.5
1.5
8.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
35 35
50 50
105
35
162
24
225
36.5
32 32
193
273
12.5
Ø 11
429
ON
OFF
TEST
NSO0_00121
PH_07.book Seite 98 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
99
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4EE30
Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism
105
ON
OFF
TEST
35
162
193
308
29 43
35 35
32
70
2515
225
360
81.5
70
32
25
Ø
11
NSO0_00123
1
2
3
TEST
246
NSO0_00118a
135
90°
25°
140 50
50
133
37
42.5
13VT2
23VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0
33VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
PH_07.book Seite 99 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
100 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle
Cabinet cutout
Fixed-mounted version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0
Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external
operating cycle
12
3
4
5
6
TEST
246
135
90°
25°
140
50
133
37
180 … 495 (-3HJ10)
375 … 540 (-3HJ20)
70
70
70
NSO0_00126a
3VT2
3VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0
3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0
3VT9300-3HJ.0
1
2
3
4
5
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
Hinge of cabinet door
NSO0_00128
Ø 50
55
55
27,5
4 x
Ø
6,5
min. 145
TEST
NSO0_00129
247
82
138
195
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
27
R 487.9
R 1
max
14
PH_07.book Seite 100 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
101
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
3-pole, plug-in technology
Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9200-4PA30
Plug-in base assembly kit, with terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB30
Drilling plan
135
246
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
140
162
193
227
258
278
232
35
3535
16
26
105
290
18
25 4
35
20
105
20
26
145
75
3535
75 140
NSO0_00132
3535
227
Ø 8.5
4 x Ø 5.5
4 x Ø 5.5
31.5
31.5
351
11 12 13 14
LR
Ø 4+6 mm
462
NSO0_00136
105
400
35
70
103
105
PH_07.book Seite 101 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
102 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Plug-in design
Plug-in design
TEST
ON
OFF
NSO0_00520
105105
290
140
157
182
Drilling plan
TEST
ON
OFF
105
290
258
105
16
36
20
46
4
16
3535
75 140
258
52 21 2
4528
98
NSO0_00139
3535
227
258
28
98
R 6
21 2
31.5
8.5
7.5
Ø
8.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
1.5
PH_07.book Seite 102 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
103
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Plug-in design, rotary operating mechanism
Plug-in design, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0
TEST
NSO0_00142
175
225
TEST
NSO0_00143
282 31
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
PH_07.book Seite 103 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
104 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3-pole, withdrawable version
Withdrawable version 3VT9200-4WA30
Withdrawable version, 3VT9200-8CB30 terminal cover
Drilling plan
18
25 4
35
20
105
20
26
145
75
135
246
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
140
162
193
227
290
258
278
232
35
3535
16
26
105
Ø 8.5
NSO0_00148
3535
227
75 140
31.5
31.5
4 x Ø 5.5
4 x Ø 5.5
105
179
400
180
NSO0_00151
35
105
70
103
140
140 130
135
246
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
27.5
PH_07.book Seite 104 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
105
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Withdrawable version
Withdrawable version, rotary operating mechanism
Operating position Maintenance position
Operating position Maintenance position
65
140 75
NSO0_00153
105
170
187
212
140 75
30
65
105
140
157
182
ON
OFF
TEST
179
290
105
180
NSO0_00156
175
225
205
255
140 75
140 75
30
TEST
PH_07.book Seite 105 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
106 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0
Withdrawable version, rear accessible connection (3VT9200-4RC00 connection combination)
Drilling plan
NSO0_00159
282 31
140 75
312 31
140 75
30
TEST
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
ON
OFF
TEST
258
105
16
37
20
46
4
17
NSO0_00166
3535
75 140
258
52 21 2
4528
98
7.5
Ø
8.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
PH_07.book Seite 106 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
107
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection (3VT9200-4RC00 connection combination)
4-pole, fixed-mounted version
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9224-4TD30 + 3VT9224-4TD00
Drilling plan
140
ON
OFF
TEST
35 35 35
35
48
154
162
167
193
213
225
16
26
Ø
8.5
2
65
29.5
60
20
105
117 5
121
35.5
18
25 4
150 ... > AC 415 V
100 ... < AC 415 V
103
162
353570
31.5
NSO0_00169
4 x
Ø
5.5
R 88
2°
26°
17°
ON
OFF
135
TEST
246
N
N
35
140
35 35 35
162
193
225
248
273
335
30
NSO0_00521
PH_07.book Seite 107 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
108 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30 + 3VT9215-4TF00
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9224-4TF30 + 3VT9224-4TF00)
NSO0_00174
ON
OFF
TEST
35
261
224
25
2440
140
35 35 35
162
193
225
244
281
301
335
25
105
Ø 18
Ø 18
ON
OFF
TEST
35
140
35 35 35
162
193
225
248
294
319
335
30
ON
OFF
TEST
35
140
35 35 35
162
193
225
248
294
319
335
30
PH_07.book Seite 108 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
109
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9203-4TF30 + 3VT9203-4TF00)
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection (connection combination 3VT9215-4TF30 + 3VT9215-4TF00)
Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism
ON
OFF
TEST
35
105
236
259
213
36
24
47
58
140
35 35 35
162
193
223
225
246
269
287
25
11
NSO0_00178
335
6 x Ø 8.4
140
ON
OFF
TEST
35 35 35
35
48
65
154
162
193
105
16
36
20
46
4
16
35
133
162
193
225
28
35
2
21
R 6
NSO0_00180
7.5
Ø 8.5
1.5
8.5
4 x Ø 5.5
1
2
3
TEST
246
N
NSO0_00183
N1 3 5
90°
25°
140 50
50
133
37
77.5
13VT2
23VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0
33VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
PH_07.book Seite 109 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
110 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle
Cabinet cutout
Fixed-mounted version, 3VT9200-3M..0 motorized operating mechanism
Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle
TEST
NSO0_00185a
90°
25°
140
50
133
37
70
7070
180 … 495 (-3HJ10)
375 … 540 (-3HJ20)
246
N
N1
70
35
70
13VT2
23VT9200-3HA.0,-3HB.0
33VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
43VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0
53VT9300-3HJ.0
6
6
Outside surface of
cabinet door
Hinge of cabinet door
NSO0_00128
Ø 50
55
55
27,5
4 x
Ø
6,5
min. 145
TEST
NSO0_00187
247140
82
138
195
14
27
R 487.9
R 1
max
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
PH_07.book Seite 110 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
111
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
4-pole, plug-in technology
Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9200-4PA40
Plug-in base assembly kit, with terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB40
Drilling plan
N1 35
N2 46
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
140
162
193
227
278
258
232
35 35 35
35
16
26
140
NSO0_00189
227
3535
31.5
140
3535
75
290
18
25 4
35
20
105
20
26
145
75
Ø 8.5
4 x Ø 5.5
4 x Ø 5.5
31.5
140
400
N1 35
N2 46
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
NSO0_00193
35
70
103
105
PH_07.book Seite 111 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
112 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Plug-in design
Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30 + 3VT9200-4RC00
Drilling plan
NSO0_00138
140
290
ON
OFF
TEST
105140
157
182
NSO0_00195
140
290
ON
OFF
TEST
258
105
16
36
20
46
4
16
35
3535
75 140
258
52 21 2
24528
140
7.5
Ø 8.5
4 x Ø 5.5
PH_07.book Seite 112 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
113
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Plug-in design, rotary operating mechanism
Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0
TEST
NSO0_00196
175
225
290
140
TEST
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
NSO0_00198
282 31
290
140
PH_07.book Seite 113 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
114 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, 3VT9200-4WA40
Withdrawable version, terminal cover 3VT9200-8CB40
Drilling plan
N1 35
N2 46
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
NSO0_00202
140
162
193
227
278
290
258
232
35 35 35
16
26
140
215
214 18
25 4
35
20
105
20
26
145
75
227
75 140
35 35
Ø
8.5
31.5
35.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
140
215
400
N1 35
N2 46
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
NSO0_00200
35
105
70
103
140
140 130
27.5
PH_07.book Seite 114 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
115
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Withdrawable version
Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9200-4RC30 + 3VT9200-4RC00
Operating position
Maintenance position
213
290
ON
OFF
TEST
140
215
65
140 75
NSO0_00203
105
170
187
212
140 75
30
65
105
140
157
182
213
NSO0_00204
290
ON
OFF
TEST
258
105
16
37
20
46
4
17
35
3535
75 140 52
21 2
24528
133
140
215
65
7.5
Ø
8.5
4 x
Ø
5.5
PH_07.book Seite 115 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
116 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT2 switch disconnectors up to 250 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, rotary operating mechanism
Withdrawable version, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9200-3M..0
Operating position
Maintenance position
TEST
NSO0_00206
175
225
290
140 205
255
213
215
140 75
140 75
30
65
65
TEST
AUTO
Ø 4,3 max.
MANUAL
NSO0_00207
282 31
140 75
290
65
312 31
140 75
290
65
30
213
140
215
PH_07.book Seite 116 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
117
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9324-4TF30, 3VT9315-4TF30
135
25
Ø
11
TEST
194
154
60
45
33
140
ON
OFF
6
24
234
201
259
275
45 45
2
18
25 6
60
20
105
117 5
65
33
NSO0_00507
45
194
103
47.5
75.5
134.5
45.5
47.5
40.5
4 x
Ø
6.5
17°
2°
25°
R 94
100 ... < AC 415 V
150 ... < AC 415 V
NSO0_00261
135
TEST
234
194
298
344
369
ON
OFF
6
24
32
45
45
45
42 28
25
319
435
269
105
140
275
Ø
22
Ø
22 3VT9324-4TF30
Ø
18
Ø
18 3VT9315-4TF30
PH_07.book Seite 117 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
118 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9303-4TF30
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30
140
TEST
194
234
262
275
285
308
326
ON
OFF
25
11
45
34
45
45
34
NSO0_00262
26
38
49
251
274
297
60
105
435
6 x Ø 8.4
140
275
TEST
194
154
65
60
45
ON
OFF
105
NSO0_00264
234
25
Ø
11
20
53
9
6
R 7
45
194
3
26
234
45 125
4 x
Ø
5 (M 5 x 25)
35
20.5
40.5
2.5
11.5
4545
PH_07.book Seite 118 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
119
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4ED30
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4EE30
275
TEST
45
ON
OFF
45 45
32
140
12.5
194
314
234
5050
631
NSO0_00267
32 19.5
Ø 13
275
TEST
140
45
ON
OFF
45 45
32 32
70 70
2 x Ø 11
15 25
194
308
234
3631
NSO0_00269
25
56.5 16.5
PH_07.book Seite 119 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
120 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism
Fixed-mounted version, rotary operating mechanism with adjustable handle
Dimensions, cabinet cutout
NSO0_00271a
135
246
TEST
60
90°
25°
140 50
51
143
37
3VT3
3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0
3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
1
2
3
1
2
3
NSO0_00273a
135
246
TEST
90°
25°
140
51
143
37
70
180 … 495 (-3HJ10)
375 … 540 (-3HJ20)
70
21
3
4
5
6
3VT3
3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0
3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0
3VT9300-3HJ.0
1
2
3
4
5
6Outside surface of
cabinet door
NSO0_00275
Ø
50
55
55
27.5
4 x Ø 6.5
min. 100
Hinge of cabinet door
PH_07.book Seite 120 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
121
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Fixed-mounted version, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0
Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle
3-pole, plug-in technology
Plug-in base assembly kit 3VT9300-4PA30
247 31
92
149
204
NSO0_00276
246
TEST
AUTO
MANUAL
140
275
NSO0_00332
14
27
R 1
max
Drilling plan
NSO0_00279
166
194
234
277
342
317
284
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
2
25
45
45 45
33
Ø 11
140
46
135
358
179
96
35
20
20
26
105
18
25 6
96 166
277
45 45
40.5
40.5
47.5 47.5
4 x Ø 6.5
4 x Ø 6.5
PH_07.book Seite 121 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
122 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism and terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30
Plug-in design
518
135
246
LR
Ø 4+8 mm
140
NSO0_00283
35
70
103
105
140
358
TEST
ON
OFF
105
140
157
187
NSO0_00285
PH_07.book Seite 122 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
123
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30
Plug-in design, with rotary operating mechanism
Drilling plan
TEST
ON
OFF
317
25
Ø 11
20
53
9
6
105
96
35835
45
317
166
67 26 3
45
125
NSO0_00287
20.5
40.5
4 x Ø 6.5
47.5
TEST
175 225
NSO0_00290
PH_07.book Seite 123 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
124 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0
3-pole, withdrawable version
Withdrawable version, base with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30
135
246
TEST
Ø 4,3 ma x.
AUTO
MANUAL
NSO0_00292
282 31
Drilling plan
NSO0_00298
166
194
234
277
342
317
284
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
2
25
45
45 45
33
Ø
11
140
46
135
358
179
96
35
20
20
26
105
18
25 6
96 166
45
40.5
4 x
Ø
6.5
4 x
Ø
6.5
47.5
27740.5
PH_07.book Seite 124 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
125
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Withdrawable version, base, with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB30
Withdrawable version
Operating position
Test position
518
135
246
LR
Ø 4+8 mm
215
140
214
NSO0_00302
140 204
35
70
103
140
105
27.5
135
140
213
65
246
358
TEST
215
ON
OFF
105
140
157
140 124
140 124
30
NSO0_00304
187
105
170
187
217
PH_07.book Seite 125 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
126 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30
Withdrawable version, with rotary operating mechanism
Operating position
Test position
135
140
213
65
246
358
TEST
215
ON
OFF
SP
SV
PS PS
PS
PS
PS
96
35835
317
140
105
25
53
Ø11
20
53
9
6
45
317
166
67 26 3
45
125
NSO0_00307
4xØ6.5
20.5
47.5
Operating position
Test position
175 225
140
205
TEST
255
124
140 124
30
NSO0_00309
PH_07.book Seite 126 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
127
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Withdrawable version, with motorized operating mechanism
4-pole, fixed-mounted version
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Operating position
Test position
282 31
140
312
124
30
31
140 124
NSO0_00312
135
246
TEST
Ø 4,3 max .
AUTO
MANUAL
N135
25 Ø 11
TEST
194
154
60
45
33
185
ON
OFF
62N4
234
201
259
275
45 45 45
2
18
25 6
150 ... > AC 415 V
60
17°
2°
20
105
117 5
65
100 ... < AC 415 V
33
NSO0_00319
45
194
103
75.5
134.5
45.5
47.5
92.5
40.5
4 x Ø 6.5
25°
R 94
PH_07.book Seite 127 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
128 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
With connection combinations 3VT9324-4TF30 + 3VT9324-4TF00, 3VT9315-4TF30 + 3VT9315-4TF00
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection with connection combinations 3VT9303-4TF30 + 3VT9303-4TF00
NSO0_00322
TEST
194
234
298
344
369
ON
OFF
32
45
45
45
42 28
319
435
269
105
275
45
Ø 18 Ø 18 (-3HJ20)
25
Ø 22 Ø 22 (-3HJ10)
NSO0_00324
185
TEST
194
234
262
275
285
308
326
ON
OFF
25
26
11
45 45
45
45
38 11
11
251
274
297
105
435
6 x Ø 8.5
PH_07.book Seite 128 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
129
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00
Fixed-mounted version, with rotary operating mechanism
Fixed-mounted version, with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
185
275
TEST
194
154
65
60
45
ON
OFF
105
NSO0_00326
234
25
Ø 11
20
53
9
6
35
R 7
45 40
194
3
26
234
45 170
20.5
40.5
2.5
7.5
4 x Ø 6.5
11.5
NSO0_00272
140 50
51
143
37
3VT3
3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0
3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
1
2
3
1
2
3
135
246
TEST
90°
25°
105
N
N
NSO0_00274
135
24 6
TEST
90°
25°
140
51
143
37
70
180 … 495 (-3HJ10)
375 … 540 (-3HJ20)
70
N
N
3VT3
3VT9300-3HA.0,-3HB.0
3VT9300-3HE.0,-3HF.0
3VT9300-3HG.0,-3HH.0
3VT9300-3HJ.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
6
1
Outside surface of
cabinet door
PH_07.book Seite 129 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
130 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Cabinet cutout
Fixed-mounted version, 3VT9300-3M..0 motorized operating mechanism
Opening dimensions in the switchgear door for an external operating cycle
NSO0_00329
Ø 50
55
55
27.5
4 x
Ø
6.5
min. 145
Hinge of cabinet door
TEST
Ø 4,3 max .
AUTO
MANUAL
247 31
92
149
204
NSO0_00330
NSO0_00332
14
27
R 1
max
PH_07.book Seite 130 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
131
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
4-pole, plug-in technology
3VT9300-4PA40
Plug-in base assembly kit, with 3VT9300-8CB40
Drilling plan
NSO0_00333
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
N
N
2
25
45
166
194
234
277
342
317
284
358
179
96
96 166
277
45 45 45
33 Ø 11 35
20
20
26
105
185
46
135
45 45
18
25 6
3
40.5
40.5
47.5
4 x Ø 6.5
4 x Ø 6.5
518
N135
N246
LR
Ø 4+8 mm
NSO0_00336
35
70
103
105
185
PH_07.book Seite 131 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
132 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Plug-in design
Plug-in design, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00
185
358
TEST
ON
OFF
105
140
157
187
NSO0_00337
Drilling plan
185
358
TEST
ON
OFF
317
25
Ø 11
20
53
9
6
105
4 x Ø 6.5
45
96 166
67 26 3
170
45
35835
NSO0_00338
20.5
40.5
47.5
PH_07.book Seite 132 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
133
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Plug-in design with rotary operating mechanism
Plug-in design, with motorized operating mechanism 3VT9300-3M..0
175 225
185
358
TEST
NSO0_00339
N135
185
N246
358
TEST
NSO0_00293
282 31
Ø 4,3 max .
AUTO
MANUAL
PH_07.book Seite 133 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
134 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
4-pole, withdrawable version
3VT9300-4WA40 withdrawable version base
Withdrawable version with terminal cover 3VT9300-8CB40
Drilling plan
NSO0_00340
166
194
234
277
342
317
284
Ø 4+8 mm
LR
N
N
2
25
45
45 45 45
33 Ø 11
185
46
135
258
260
358
179
96
35
20
20
26
105
18
25 6
96 166
45
40.5
47.5
4 x Ø 6.5
NSO0_00342
140 204
185
260
518
N135
N246
LR
35
70
103
140
105
Ø 4+8 mm
27.5
PH_07.book Seite 134 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
135
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Withdrawable version
Withdrawable version, rear-accessible connection with connection combination 3VT9300-4RC30 + 3VT9300-4RC00
Operating position
Test position
185
258
65
358
TEST
260
ON
OFF
105
140
157
140 124
140 124
30
NSO0_00344
187
105
170
187
217
Operating position
Test position
185
258
65
358
317
TEST
260
ON
OFF
140
105
25
53
Ø 11
20
53
9
6
45
96 166
67 26 3
170
45
35835
NSO0_00345
20.5
4 x Ø 6.5
47.5
PH_07.book Seite 135 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
136 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT3 switch disconnectors up to 630 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, with rotary operating mechanism
Withdrawable version, with 3VT9300-3M.. Motorized operating mechanism
Operating position
Test position
Operating position
Test position
175 225
140
205
185
258
65
358
TEST
260 255
124
140 124
30
NSO0_00347
282 31
140
312
185
258
65
358
260
124
30
31
140 124
NSO0_00348
TEST
Ø 4,3 max .
AUTO
MANUAL
PH_07.book Seite 136 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
137
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT4 switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
■
Dimensional drawings
For dimensional drawings, see page 138
PH_07.book Seite 137 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
138 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
■
Dimensional drawing
Fixed-mounted versions
Fixed-mounted version, front-accessible connection
Drilling plan
Fixed-mounted version, rear-accessible connection
Connection combinations 3VT9500-4RC30, 3VT9400-4RC30
Openings for cable glands
NSO0_00393
3
80
50
210
240
300
350
494
3VT5
72
148
15°
21°
7°
100
51
72
16
148
157 7
3VT4
18
4 x Ø 9
OFF
ON
4 x M8
70 70
200
70 70
314
142.5
35.5
134.5
56.5
35.5
134.5
25
50
+1
0
25
+1
0
NSO0_00397
4 x
Ø
10.5
12.5
NSO0_00398
OFF
ON
70 70
510
356
50 BL1600S 16
436
BL1000S 8
82
444
R4
60 60
200
142.5
84.5
PH_07.book Seite 138 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
139
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, box terminal
With connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 Two connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 can be used to
connect four 70 ... 240-mm
2
cables. Not for switching unit
3VT4710-3AA30-0AA0.
Fixed-mounted version, box terminal
With connection combinations 3VT9524-4TG30 and
3VT9524-4TF30 - not for switching unit 3VT4710-3AA30-0AA0.
Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor
(3VT9532-4TF30)
NSO0_00512
350
750
80
OFF
ON
3
627
250
200
23
133
138.5
134.5
136
NSO0_00401
350
750
80
OFF
ON
3
627
250
200
138.5
134.5
52.5
75.5
35.5
134.5
65
3
205
OFF
ON
TEST
NSO0_00403
750
116 350
582
Ø
26
200
PH_07.book Seite 139 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
140 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor
(3VT9533-4TF30)
Fixed-mounted version, terminals for circular conductor
With circular conductor terminals for four 3VT9534-4TF30 cables
Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism
Handle – lockable 3VT9500-3HE10, 3VT9500-3HF10
NSO0_00405
32
750
138 350
Ø 26
Ø 26
626
65
3
205
OFF
ON
TEST
200
52.5
107.5
35.5
134.5
NSO0_00407
32
750
138 350
Ø 26
Ø 26
626
65
3
205
OFF
ON
TEST
200
52.5
107.5
35.5
134.5
13VT9500-3HA10
23VT9500-3H.10
NSO0_00409a
46
196 50
72
72
148
1
2
28°
12°
40°
R160
PH_07.book Seite 140 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
141
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Fixed-mounted version, front rotary operating mechanism
Fixed-mounted version, motorized operating mechanism 3VT9500-3M..0, lockable with up to three padlocks
Cabinet cutout
1
2
3
4
5
6
46
90
90
NSO0_00412a
198
50
28
28
28 28
13VT4/3VT5
23VT9500-3HA10
33VT9500-3HJ10
43VT9500-3HG.0
53VT9500-3H.10
6Control cabinet door
Hinge of control
cabinet door
min. 200
min. 267
max. 500
19.5
Ø
40
4 x
Ø
5.4
134.5
268.5
NSO0_00418
73
33
R88
114
235
PH_07.book Seite 141 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
142 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable versions
Withdrawable version, front-accessible connection, connection combination 3VT9500-4EF30
Withdrawable version
Connection combination 3VT9500-4RC30
33.5
33.5
27.5
4 x M8
NSO0_00427
494
350
50
70 70
72
16
Rear terminals Drilling plan
max. 140
106.5
NSO0_00430
35
140
4 x Ø 9
100125
16
230
50
PH_07.book Seite 142 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
143
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version, box terminal
Connection combination 3VT9524-4TG30
Withdrawable version, box terminal
Connection combination 3VT9524-4TG30 and 3VT9524-4TF30
Withdrawable version
Terminals for circular conductor (3VT9532-4TF30)
Withdrawable version
Terminals for circular conductor 3VT9533-4TF30, for 3 cables
138.5
31 133
NSO0_00433
627
80
350
250
627
80 128
NSO0_00435
350
250
138.5
NSO0_00437
582
200
65
3
205 45
750
68
116 350
Ø 26
137
28
NSO0_00439
45 32
750
100
138 350
Ø 26
Ø 26
137
28
626
65
3
205
PH_07.book Seite 143 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
144 Siemens · 10/2015
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version
Terminals for circular conductor 3VT9534-4TF30, for 4 cables
Withdrawable version
NSO0_00441
45 32
750
100
138 350
Ø 26
Ø 26
137
28
626
65
3
205
Connected Disconnected
174
295
239
180
350
75
210
OFF
ON
292
65
508
248 174
340
284
75 45
NSO0_00443
PH_07.book Seite 144 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
145
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3VT Switch Disconnectors up to 1600 A
3VT5 switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
Withdrawable version
3VT9500-3MQ00 motorized operating mechanism
Connected Disconnected Rotary operating mechanism
321 366
NSO0_00446
271 316
Withdrawable version Connected Disconnected
343.5 388.5
282.5 327.5
33 33
NSO0_00449
PH_07.book Seite 145 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
146 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
■
Overview
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and
an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses of the switch discon-
nectors are de-energized in the OFF position.
Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can be secured to the
shaft with padlock against unauthorized reclosing.
Identical accessories for 3KA, 3KL and 3KM switch disconnec-
tors with fuses simplify stock keeping.
Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that
is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the
paper and cellulose processing industries.
■
Application
3KL switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload
and short-circuits as main control and EMERGENCY-STOP
switches of switchgear assemblies, distribution boards, power
supply and motor outgoing feeders.
In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they
are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and
capacitor control systems.
All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet
the requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and
VDE 0660 Part 107.
7
6
5
8
7
3
1
9
10
4
2
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
5
6
3KL basic device
Fuses, optionally BS 88 or LV HRC fuses
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range
are used as auxiliary switches.
8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
A
ll components from the switch to the actuator are provided with
non-interchangeability features.
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Optional
4th pole (optional)
NSE0_01557f
PH_07.book Seite 146 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
147
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
Introduction
■
Technical specifications
1)
Technical specifications for approval on request.
2)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for
fuse blades 135 °C, for connections 100 °C.
3)
110 V (one conducting path).
4)
With 3KL61 for operation -25 °C ... +35 °C, at +55 °C: I
th
= 570 A.
5)
With 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
6)
AC-23B.
7)
220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC
(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
8)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
9)
Only DC-22A (L/R = 2.5 ms).
10)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
Permissible mounting position
Mounting position for 3KL switch disconnectors
Note:
For the 3KL switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard
and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3KL50 3KL52
1)
3KL53
1)
3KL55
1)
3KL57
1)
3KL61
1)
3KL62
1)
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A63 125 160 250 400 630 800
For fuse links according to DIN 43620
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used,
a reduction of rated current is necessary;
see page 1, reference to technical information)
Size 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and
000
1 and 2 1 and 2 3 and 2 3 and 2
Conventional free air thermal current I
th2)
A63 125 160 250 400 630 800
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
3)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses
Peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC
kA 220 220 220 176 176 105 105
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses kA 100 100 100 80 80 50 50
Rms value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC
Max. rated current I
n
of fuses A 80 160 160 400 400 630
4)
800
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse
•NH W 6 9 11.5 32 45 48 62
•BS W 8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4) 11.5 32 45 48 60.5
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 817 17 30
5)
30
5)
50 50
Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s55 223 223 1000 1000 5400 10500
Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 5100 6400
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 630
6)
800
6)
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 65 80 132 200 335 400
At 500 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 5100 6400
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 630
6)
800
6)
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 40 90 110 185 280 425 500
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 5100 6400
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 630
5)
800
5)
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 50 110 150 220 375 560 700
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)
7)
• Breaking current I
c
(L/R = 15 ms) A 250 500 640 1000
8)
1600 2520
9)
2520
9)
• Rated operational current I
e
at DC-23A A 63 125 160 250
10)
400 630
10)
630
10)
Rated short-time current I
cw
(1-s current, rms value) kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 811 32 32
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
4)
,
°C -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 15000 15000 12000 12000 3000 3000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch at I
th
W8.5 22 36 33 86 140 225
(plus power loss of the fuses)
Main conductor connections
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (W x T) mm 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 15 40 x 17 40 x 17
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or
1 x 240
2 x 240 2 x 240
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 56 56
Terminal screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
Protective conductor connections
Flat bars mm -- -- -- 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5 -- --
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
-- -- -- 70 120 -- --
10°
NSE0_00182
180° 180° 180°
PH_07.book Seite 147 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
148 Siemens · 10/2015
Floor mounting
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3KL50, 63 A, 3-pole;
Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to
dimensional drawing for 3KL52;
without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
1)
To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using
lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories).
3KL50, 63 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KL50, 30, 63 A 3-pole;
Dimensional drawing for 4-pole version corresponds to
dimensional drawing for 3KL52;
without operating mechanism, for BS fuses
3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A, 3KL50, 63 A, 4-pole
Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
3KL52, 125 A, 3KL53, 160 A, 3KL50, 63 A, 4-pole
Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses
IP20 cover for 3KL
NSE0_00274
43,5 Ø4,5 15
4,5
25
23
135
100 22,51)
150
M 6x202
22,5 32,5
Ø6,6
30
90
90
105
NSE0_00275a 36 42-50
65
Ø 4,5
75
66
6
a
1,5...4
aShaft length
Max. 380 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC
Min. 175 175
-80
; shaft from 8UC71 short
175 < a < 380 a
-80
6-0,1
R2
NSE0_00291 Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 70 mm
max. 150 mm
4,5
25 22,532,5
Ø 6,6
43,5 Ø4,5 15
M 6x20
90
135
NSE0_00276a
30
105
90
23 2
150
120
71,5
NSE0_00280 42 - 50
60
75 65
661,5...4
8
Ø4,5
a
aShaft length
Max. 350 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC
Min. 165 165
-50
; shaft from 8UC72 short
165 < a < 350 a
-50
NSE0_00281
8-0,1
R2
Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 70 mm
max. 150 mm
*
h
35
39
100
110
100 22,5
NSE0_00277a
15 85 55
63 c
143
gi
l
149
5
25 e
90
38
185
n
To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using lyre-shaped
contacts or covers (accessories).
*
Type c e g h n
3KL52 NH 15 37 42 91 106
3KL53 NH 20 39 39.5 105 125
3KL52 A2/A3 15 37 42 91 106
3KL53 A4 20 39 39.5 105 125
4th pole 15 -- 48 91 106
NSE0_00278a
85 55
15
63 c
35
39
100
110
25 e5
d
38 90
185
149
143
gi
l
m
Type c e g h n
3KL52 NH 15 37 42 91 106
3KL53 NH 20 39 39.5 105 125
3KL52 A2/A3 15 37 42 91 106
3KL53 A4 20 39 39.5 105 125
4th pole 15 -- 48 91 106
A_4
A_3
NSG0_00232
AB
C
D
A_8
A_7
Type for A B C D
3KX3507-0CA02 3KL50 210 90 50 130
3KX3527-0CA02 3KL52 260 114 72.5 208
3KX3537-0CA02 3KL53 260 114 72.5 208
3KX3557-0CA02 3KL55 340 142 101 262
3KX3557-0CA02 3KL57 340 142 101 262
PH_07.book Seite 148 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
149
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
Floor mounting
■
Circuit diagrams
Internal circuit diagram for 3KL
(For 3KL50 and 3KL51, only one auxiliary switch is possible, not
included in scope, 4th pole possible as main contact)
(Auxiliary switch not included in scope). Use for DC voltage at
DC-23A 440 V
3KL55, 250 A, 3KL57, 400 A
Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
3KL55, 250 A, 3KL57, 400 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KL61, 630 A, 3KL62, 800 A
Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts, with phase barriers
4th pole
For 3KL61
NSE0_00282a
107
26,5
86 25
20
17
7
11 7
100
240
65
41
135
160
130
207
11
ab
c
3
209
16
195,5 (Gr.1)
203,5 (Gr.2)
Type a b c
3KM55 40 4 M 10 x 30
3KM57 38 6 M 10 x 36
4th pole 80 4 M 10 x 30
a
63 - 65
140
100 88
Ø5,5
881,5...4
10
NSE0_00284
aShaft length
Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73
Min. 230 230
-35
; shaft from 8UC73 short
230 < a < 335 a
-35
Total installation depth with handle:
Profile 12 x 12.
Shaft length 110.
Shaft can be turned by 45°
180
7826
208
270
230
NSE0_00286
280
1
29 M 12
234
239
240
74,5 66,5
345
315
20,5
9
40
95,5 87 87
12
239 + 74,5 + 66,5 = 370
1
100
155
194
40
399
95
Ø12,5
NSE0_00905a
1
2
3
4
5
6
NSE0_00183
1311
1412
23 2
24 2
1
2
3
4
NSE0_00187
5
6
PN
PH_07.book Seite 149 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
150 Siemens · 10/2015
Fuses
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
■
Overview
The 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses are suitable for all
fuses in LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, "Fuse systems"
SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used,
although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line pro-
tection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this re-
ason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current I
n
of the
device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device.
The following table shows the permissible load currents of the
SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3KL. The values
were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified
in the table.
SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3KL fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3KL for floor mounting
Type 3KL Alternative type 3KL
Type
1)
2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
3NC423.. 150 500 gR 3 70 3KL61 3145 3KL62 3150
3NC425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3KL61 3180 3KL62 3190
3NC427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3KL61 3225 3KL62 3240
3NC428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3KL61 3255 3KL62 3270
3NC431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3KL61 3330 3KL62 3345
3NC432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3KL61 3400 3KL62 3400
3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL62 3500 3KL61 3480
3NC3337-1 710 1000 aR 3 2x (50x5) 3KL62 3540 -- -- --
3NC3338-1 800 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3600 -- -- --
3NC3340-1 900 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3650 -- -- --
3NC3341-1 1000 1000 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3720 -- -- --
3NC3342-1 1100 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3800 -- -- --
3NC3343-1 1250 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3KL62 3800 -- -- --
3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3KL61 3285 3KL62 3300
3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3KL61 3365 3KL62 3380
3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3KL61 3425 3KL62 3450
3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3500 3KL62 3540
3NC3438-1 800 1100 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL62 3650 -- -- --
3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3KL61 3135 3KL62 3140
3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3KL61 3180 3KL62 3190
3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3KL61 3225 3KL62 3240
3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3KL61 3300 3KL62 3315
3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3KL61 3425 3KL62 3450
3NC8444.. 1000 600 aR 3 2x (60x6) 3KL62 3800 3KL61 3630
3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3KL52 00 80 3KL53 00 80
3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3KL52 00 100 3KL53 00 100
3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3KL52 00 100 3KL53 00 100
3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3KL52 00 125 3KL53 00 125
3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3KL52 00 125 3KL53 00 125
3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3KL55 1160 3KL57 2160
3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3KL55 1160 3KL57 2160
3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3KL55 1200 3KL57 2200
3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3KL55 1200 3KL57 2200
3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3KL55 1250 3KL57 2250
3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3KL55 1245 3KL57 2250
3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3KL57 2315 -- -- --
3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3KL57 2280 -- -- --
3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KL57 2330 3KL61 3350
3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KL57 2300 3KL61 3350
3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KL57 2375 3KL61 3400
3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KL57 2340 3KL61 3400
3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KL61 3450 3KL62 3450
3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KL61 3450 3KL62 3450
3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KL61 3500 3KL62 3500
3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KL61 3500 3KL62 3500
3NE1435-0 560 690 gS 3 2x 150 3KL61 3560 3KL62 3560
3NE1435-2/-3 560 690 gR 3 2x 150 3KL61 3560 3KL62 3560
3NE1436-0 630 690 gS 3 2x 185 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3630
PH_07.book Seite 150 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
151
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
Fuses
1)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR
3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally and
only at zero current.
2)
For permissible load currents for 3NE8…-0MK, see Configuration Manual
"Fuse Systems", or on request
3)
Fuses with a rated voltage >690 V may only be operated at max. 690 V
(rated voltage of the 3KL) when installed in 3KL.
4)
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced
(precise values on request).
5)
The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than
the 125 A current of the 3KL52. However, in this case, the 3KL52 must not
be switched under load (utilization category AC-20).
3NE1436-2/-3 630 690 gR 3 2x 185 3KL61 3615 3KL62 3630
3NE1437-0 710 690 gS 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3710
3NE1437-1 710 600 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3710
3NE1437-2/-3 710 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3700
3NE1438-0 800 690 gS 3 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3800
3NE1438-1 800 600 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3800
3NE1438-2/-3 800 690 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3760
3NE1447-2/-3 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3670
3NE1448-2/-3 850 690 gR 3 2x (40x8) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3790
3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3KL50 00 40 3KL52 00 40
3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3KL50 00 35 3KL52 00 35
3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3KL50 00 16 3KL52 00 16
3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3KL50 00 20 3KL52 00 20
3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3KL50 00 25 3KL52 00 25
3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3KL50 00 50 3KL52 00 50
3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3KL50 00 63 3KL52 00 63
3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3KL52 00 80 -- -- --
3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3KL55 190 3KL57 295
3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3KL55 1110 3KL57 2115
3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3KL55 1140 3KL57 2150
3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3KL55 1175 3KL57 2180
3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3KL55 1210 3KL57 2220
3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3KL57 2240 -- -- --
3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3KL57 2265 -- -- --
3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3KL57 2290 -- -- --
3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3KL57 2320 -- -- --
3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3KL61 3340 3KL62 3360
3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KL61 3380 3KL62 3400
3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KL61 3440 3KL62 3470
3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KL61 3500 3KL62 3530
3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KL61 3540 3KL62 3580
3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3KL61 3600 3KL62 3640
3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3720
3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3KL61 3630 3KL62 3800
3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3KL55 132 -- -- --
3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3KL55 140 -- -- --
3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3KL55 150 -- -- --
3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3KL55 163 -- -- --
3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3KL55 180 -- -- --
3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3KL55 195 -- -- --
3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3KL55 1120 -- -- --
3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3KL55 1150 -- -- --
3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3KL57 2175 3KL61 3200
3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3KL57 2230 3KL61 3260
3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KL57 2340 3KL61 3370
3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KL61 3425 3KL62 3450
3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3KL61 3600 3KL62 3630
3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3KL50 00 25 3KL52 00 25
3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3KL50 00 33 3KL52 00 35
3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3KL50 00 45 3KL52 00 50
3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3KL50 00 54 3KL52 00 60
3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3KL52 00 68 -- -- --
3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3KL52 00 89 -- -- --
3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3KL52 00 106 -- -- --
3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3KL52 00 130
5)
-- -- --
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3KL for floor mounting
Type 3KL Alternative type 3KL
Type
1)
2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 151 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
152 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
■
Overview
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and
an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses are de-energized
when the switch disconnectors are in the disconnected position.
The 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses also feature an isola-
ting plug connector. This facilitates mounting and contact esta-
blishment in motor control centers (MCCs) in conjunction with
vertical busbars. Generally, all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can
be secured on the shaft with a padlock to prevent unauthorized
reclosing.
Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and 3KL and
3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keeping.
Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that
is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the
paper and cellulose processing industries.
■
Application
3KM switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload
and short-circuits as main control and EMERGENCY-STOP
switches of switchgear assemblies, distribution boards, power
supply and motor outgoing feeders.
In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they
are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and capa-
citor control systems.
All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the
requirements of IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3 and VDE 0660
Part 107.
7
5
6
8
3
1
10
9
4
2
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
5
6
3KM basic device
Plug-in contact strip for 3KM (part of basic device)
Fuses, optionally BS 88 or LV HRC fuses
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range
are used as auxiliary switches.
8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with
non-interchangeability features.
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Optional
NSE0_02131b
PH_07.book Seite 152 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
153
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
Introduction
■
Technical specifications
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature
for fuse blades 135°C, for connections 100°C.
2)
110 V (one conducting path).
3)
220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC
(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
4)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 1 ms.
5)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
6)
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3KM50 3KM52 3KM53 3KM55 3KM57
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A63 125 160 250 400
For fuse links according to DIN 43620,
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used, a reduction of rated
current is necessary;
see page 1, reference to technical information)
Size 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and 000 1 and 2 1 and 2
Conventional free air thermal current I
th1)
A63 125 160 250 400
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 6 8 8 8 8
Rated operational voltage U
e
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
V220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
2)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses kA 220 220 220 176 176
(peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC)
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses kA 100 100 100 80 80
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC (rms value)
Max. rated current I
n
of fuses A 80 160 160 400 400
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse
•NH W 6 9 11.5 32 45
•BS W 8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4) 11.5 32 45
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 817 17 30
3)
30
3)
Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s55 223 223 1000 1000
Breaking capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 65 80 132 200
At 500 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 40 90 110 185 280
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current I
c
(at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200
• Rated operational current I
e
at AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 50 110 150 220 375
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)
4)
• Breaking current I
c
(L/R = 15 ms) A 250 500 640 1000
4)
1600
• Rated operational current I
e
at DC-23A A 63 125 160 250
5)
400
Rated short-time current (1 s current), rms value kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 811
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
6)
°C -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 15000 15000 12000 12000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch at I
th
W8.5 22 36 33 86
(plus power loss of the fuses)
Main conductor connections
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (width × thickness) mm 25 × 9 45 × 10 45 × 10 40 × 12 40 × 15
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
35 70 120 150 2 × 150 or
1 × 240
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (width × thickness) mm 25 × 9 45 × 10 45 × 10 40 × 12 40 × 15
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45
Terminal screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10
Protective conductor connections
Flat bars mm -- -- -- 20 × 2.5 20 × 2.5
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm
2
-- -- -- 70 120
PH_07.book Seite 153 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
154 Siemens · 10/2015
For snapping onto busbar system
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3KM50, 63 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KM50, 63 A
Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
3KM50, 63 A
Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses
Drilling pattern and
connector cutout
1)
To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when
using lyre-shaped contacts (included in the scope of supply)
or covers (accessory).
3KM52, 125 A
3KM53, 160 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KM52, 125 A
3KM53, 160 A
Without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
(For additional dimensions, see from page 148 onwards,
3KL52 and 3KL53)
1)
To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when using
lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories).
NSE0_00287a
1,5...4
a
66
6
36
75
42 - 50
65
Ø4,5
aShaft length
Max. 380 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC71
Min. 175 175
-80
; shaft from 8UC71 short
175 < a < 380 a
-80
NSE0_00288a
40
1)
1)
120
43,5 22,5 100
25 25
905-6,4
6060
172
15071
42
206
7,5
89
609
25
23 2
M 6x20
134
135
To be kept free of conductive parts. Not necessary when
using lyre-shaped contacts or covers (accessories).
NSE0_00289a
100
120
43,5
15071
42
206
25 25
90 5-6,4
6060
172
25
89
40
60
97,5
23 2
M 6x20
135
6
-0,1
R2
NSE0_00291 Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 70 mm
max. 150 mm
Shaft middle
NSE0_00290
5,5
25
90
25
40
175
5,5
31
5,5
6
Shaft middle
NSE0_00290
5,5
25
90
25
40
175
5,5
31
5,5
6
aShaft length
Max. 350 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC72
Min. 165 165
-50
; shaft from 8UC72 short
165 < a < 350 a
-50
NSE0_00293b
22,51) 100
25
107
gi
l
60 60
172
185
e
25 5-6,4
c
70
41
145
143
149
Type c e g i l
3KM52 15 37 42 3Ø 6.6
3KM53 20 39 39.5 3.5 Ø 9
PH_07.book Seite 154 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
155
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
For snapping onto busbar system
3KM52, 125 A
3KM53, 160 A
Without operating mechanism, for BS fuses
Drilling pattern and cutout
in the mounting plate
for installation of 3KM52
3KM55, 250 A
3KM57, 400 A
With shaft and 8UC7 operating mechanism
3KM55, 250 A
3KM57, 400 A
Without shaft, without operating mechanism, with lyre-shaped contacts
(For additional dimensions, see from page 148 onwards, 3KL55)
Busbar supports 3KX3508-0AA
For 30 mm × 5 mm busbars
Drilling pattern and cutout
in the mounting plate
for installation of 3KM55
and 3KM57
NSE0_00294b
c
96
14970
41 143
i
l
g
25
107
25
e5-6,4
60 60
172
185
Type c e g i l
3KM52 15 37 42 3Ø 6.6
3KM53 20 39 39.5 3.5 Ø 9
NSE0_00296a
8-0,1
R2
Shaft (profile)
Engaged length:
min. 90 mm
max. 143 mm
NSE0_00295a
5,5
175
31
6
25
35
90
25
60
Cutout
in the mounting plate
Shaft middle
1,5...4
a
88 88
140
100 5,5
63 - 65
10
NSE0_00297a
aShaft length
Max. 335 300; unchanged shaft from 8UC73
Min. 230 230
-35
; shaft from 8UC73 short
230 < a < 335 a
-35
NSE0_00298b
7 240 160
25
172
60 60
25 5-6,4
70
41
207
209
z
yx
195,5 (Gr. 1)
203,5 (Gr. 2)
Type x y z
3KM55 4 40 M 10 x 30
3KM57 6 38 M 10 x 36
NSE0_00283
R2
10-0,1
Shaft (profile)
Engaged
length:
min. 170 mm
max. 205 mm
NSE0_00301a
7
17,5
175
25
41
100
31
31,5
75
Cutout
in the mounting plate
Shaft middle
Drilling pattern and cutout
in the mounting plate
for mounting 3KM55
and 3KM57
PH_07.book Seite 155 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
156 Siemens · 10/2015
For snapping onto busbar system
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
Cutouts for 3K .50, 3KA51
With rear manual operating mechanism
3KX3516-...
Cutouts for 3K .52, 3K .53
With rear manual operating mechanism
3KX3526-.../3KX3536-...
Cutouts for 3K .55, 3K .57, 3K .58
With rear manual operating mechanism
3KX3556-...
■
Circuit diagrams
Internal circuit diagram for 3KM
Note:
For 3KM50 and 3KM51, only one auxiliary switch possible
NSE0 00302
22,5
4,8
56
12
NSE0_00303
5,8
22,5
4,8
4,8
5,8
56
60
uzlWWWZW[
22,5
5,8
68
135
246
NSE0_00184
13 232111
1412 2422
PH_07.book Seite 156 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
157
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
Fuses
■
Overview
The 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses are suitable for all
fuses in LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, chapter "Fuse
systems"
SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used,
although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line pro-
tection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this re-
ason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current I
n
of the
device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device.
The following table shows the permissible load currents of the
SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3KM. The values
were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified
in the table.
Note
If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating is
required due to the lower heat dissipation.
SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3KM fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3KM for busbar mounting
Type 3KM Alternative type 3KM
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3KM52 00 80 3KM53 00 80
3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3KM52 00 100 3KM53 00 100
3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3KM52 00 100 3KM53 00 100
3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3KM52 00 125 3KM53 00 125
3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3KM52 00 125 3KM53 00 125
3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3KM55 1160 3KM57 2160
3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3KM55 1160 3KM57 2160
3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3KM55 1200 3KM57 2200
3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3KM55 1200 3KM57 2200
3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3KM55 1250 3KM57 2250
3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3KM55 1245 3KM57 2250
3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3KM57 2315 -- -- --
3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3KM57 2280 -- -- --
3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KM57 2330 -- -- --
3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KM57 2300 -- -- --
3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3KM57 2375 -- -- --
3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3KM57 2315 -- -- --
3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KM57 2325 -- -- --
3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3KM57 2350 -- -- --
3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3KM50 00 40 3KM52 00 40
3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3KM50 00 35 3KM52 00 35
3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3KM50 00 16 3KM52 00 16
3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3KM50 00 20 3KM52 00 20
3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3KM50 00 25 3KM52 00 25
3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3KM50 00 50 3KM52 00 50
3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3KM50 00 63 3KM52 00 63
3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3KM52 00 80 -- -- --
3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3KM55 190 3KM57 295
3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3KM55 1110 3KM57 2115
3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3KM55 1140 3KM57 2150
3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3KM55 1175 3KM57 2180
3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3KM55 1210 3KM57 2220
3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3KM57 2240 -- -- --
3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3KM57 2265 -- -- --
3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3KM57 2290 -- -- --
3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3KM57 2320 -- -- --
3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3KM57 2290 -- -- --
3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KM57 2320 -- -- --
3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3KM57 2360 -- -- --
3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
PH_07.book Seite 157 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
158 Siemens · 10/2015
Fuses
Switch Disconnectors
3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
1)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades,
SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched occasionally
and only at zero current.
2)
For permissible load currents for 3NE8…-0MK, see Configuration Manual
"Fuse Systems", or on request
3)
Fuses with a rated voltage >690 V may only be operated at max. 690V
(rated voltage of the 3KM) when installed in 3KM.
4)
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced
(precise values on request).
5)
The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than
the 125 A current of the 3KM52. However, in this case, the 3KM52 must not
be switched under load (utilization category AC-20).
3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3KM55 132 -- -- --
3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3KM55 140 -- -- --
3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3KM55 150 -- -- --
3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3KM55 163 -- -- --
3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3KM55 180 -- -- --
3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3KM55 195 -- -- --
3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3KM55 1120 -- -- --
3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3KM55 1150 -- -- --
3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3KM57 2175 -- -- --
3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3KM57 2230 -- -- --
3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KM57 2340 -- -- --
3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3KM57 2380 -- -- --
3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3KM57 2400 -- -- --
3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3KM50 00 25 3KM52 00 25
3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3KM50 00 33 3KM52 00 35
3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3KM50 00 45 3KM52 00 50
3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3KM50 00 54 3KM52 00 60
3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3KM52 00 68 -- -- --
3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3KM52 00 89 -- -- --
3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3KM52 00 106 -- -- --
3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3KM52 00 130
5)
-- -- --
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3KM for busbar mounting
Type 3KM Alternative type 3KM
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 158 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
159
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
8UD1 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
For 3KD switch disconnectors
■
Overview
8UD1 rotary operating mechanisms in
STANDARD
version in gray
(
ti-gray
, left) and EMERGENCY-STOP version in red/yellow (right)
With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possi-
ble to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the
control cabinet doors closed.
The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD"
and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differences:
• STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black
inscription, handles in ti-gray
• EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with
black inscription, handles in red
Degree of protection
Degree of protection when installed is IP65.
Standards
8UD1 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line
with the following standards, for example:
Lockability
The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suita-
ble for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 9.5 mm
(locks according to DIN 7465).
Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 9.5 mm can be
fitted simultaneously.
Non-interchangeability
To ensure that, when installing switching devices and door-cou-
pling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in
the correct position with respect to one another, the components
are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivet and lug).
Stops
Stops are used to prevent damage occurring as the result of ex-
cessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary
operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are
fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms
with a 90° operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protec-
tors/circuit breakers).
Tolerance compensation
8UD1 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a
radial eccentricity of max. 8 mm between the actuating shaft of
the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating me-
chanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended with
greater tolerances.
Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm
Pull-out strength
The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g. pulling
off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism, amounts to 800 N
when the pulling force acts directly onto the operating mechanism in the
direction of the shaft.
Standard Title
IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1
(VDE 0113 Part 1)
Safety of machinery; electrical equipment
of machines
IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1
(VDE 0660 Part 500)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
(VDE 0660 Part 107)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear:
Switches, disconnectors,
switch-disconnectors and
fuse-combination units
NSE0_00945a
Coupling
drivers
a b Shaft
length
With tolerance
compensation
±8±5 x
Without tole-
rance com-
pensation
+1.5 ±2.5 x+23.5
PH_07.book Seite 159 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
160 Siemens · 10/2015
For 3KD switch disconnectors
Switch Disconnectors
8UD1 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
■
Design
Components
The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate
with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installa-
tion, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be
mounted onto the switch shaft.
Operating mechanisms for 3KD switch disconnectors do not
have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fitted directly
into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of 600 mm are also
available.
Design, schematic representation
Switch position
To ensure compliance with locking and interlocking conditions,
the controls and operating mechanisms must be installed such
that, with two-position switches, the "0" position lies at 9 o'clock
and the "I" position at 12 o'clock.
Positions for two-position switches with 90° operating angle
■
More information
For dimensional drawings of 8UD1 door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms, see from page 18 onwards
Handle with masking frame
Seal
Door
Fixing screws
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
Adapter
Operating shaft of switching device
Switching device
Tripped plate (can be glued on if required)
NSE0_00022a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
90°
0°
NSE0_00352
1
1
2
2
o'clock position
o'clock position
12
9
PH_07.book Seite 160 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
161
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
For 3K switch disconnectors
■
Overview
8UC7 rotary operating mechanism in STANDARD version (left) and
EMERGENCY-STOP version (right)
With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possi-
ble to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the
control cabinet doors closed.
The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD"
and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differences:
• STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black
inscription, handles in ti-gray
• EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with
black inscription, handles in red
Available sizes
1)
Operating mechanisms tested with triple torque (according to
EN 60947-3). They are therefore also suitable for applications in this area.
2)
Operation with two hands.
Degree of protection
Degree of protection when installed is IP65.
Standards
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line
with the following standards, for example:
■
Benefits
Lockability
The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suita-
ble for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm
(locks according to DIN 7465).
Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 8.5 mm and up
to five padlocks with a shackle diameter of 6 mm can be fitted
simultaneously.
Non-interchangeability
To ensure that, when installing switching devices and door-cou-
pling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in
the correct position with respect to one another, the components
are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivet and lug).
Stops
Stops are used to prevent damage occurring as the result of ex-
cessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary
operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are
fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms
with a 90° operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protec-
tors/circuit breakers).
Tolerance compensation
8UC7 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a
radial eccentricity of max. 3 mm between the actuating shaft of
the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating me-
chanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended with
greater tolerances.
Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm
Pull-out strength
The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g.
pulling off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism,
amounts to 800 N when the pulling force acts directly onto the
operating mechanism in the direction of the shaft.
Rotary
operating
mechanism
Size Rated
torque
1)
Shaft profile Masking plate
Nm mm x mm mm x mm
8UC71 1 4 6 x 6 75 x 75
8UC72 2 9 8 x 8 75 x 75
8UC73 325 10 x 10 or 12 x 12 100 x 100
8UC74 440/55
2)
12 x 12 100 x 100
Standard Title
IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1
(VDE 0113 Part 1)
Safety of machinery; electrical equipment
of machines
IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1
(VDE 0660 Part 500)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
(VDE 0660 Part 107)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear:
Switches, disconnectors,
switch-disconnectors and
fuse-combination units
NSE0_00945a
Coupling
drivers
a b Shaft
length
With tolerance
compensation
+3 ±5 x
Without tole-
rance com-
pensation
+1.5 ±2.5 x+23.5
PH_07.book Seite 161 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
162 Siemens · 10/2015
For 3K switch disconnectors
Switch Disconnectors
8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
■
Application
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms can be used
in electrical controls, distribution boards and switchboards in ca-
ses where switches have to be mounted behind covers, end pla-
tes and doors that must be opened and where they are to be
operated manually from outside.
Interlocking conditions
The basic versions of the rotary operating mechanisms comply
with the following interlocking conditions:
• Operating mechanism and switching device in "0" (OFF)
position: The control cabinet door can be opened. With
padlocks fitted, the control cabinet door remains locked
however.
• Operating mechanism and switching device in "I" (ON)
position: The control cabinet door cannot be opened in
this position. However, the interlock can be overridden
and the control cabinet door opened by trained personnel
for performing checks.
No padlocks can be fitted in "I" position.
Other interlocking conditions:
• If no door interlock is required, the user can remove the door
interlocking plate of the rotary operating mechanism.
• It is easy for the user to fit padlocks to the rotary operating me-
chanisms in the "I" position as well. In this case the door can-
not be opened, the operating mechanism cannot be actuated
and the door interlock cannot be overridden.
Operating conditions and ambient conditions
The temperature range for operation of the rotary operating
mechanisms is between -25 °C and +60 °C.
Thanks to the use of glass fiber-reinforced molded plastic
for handles and masking plates as well as metal components
with surface protection, the rotary operating mechanisms are
suitable for rough conditions, high air humidity and aggressive
atmospheres.
■
Design
Components
The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate
with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installa-
tion, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be
mounted onto the switch shaft.
Operating mechanisms for 3KA/3KL/3KM switch disconnectors
do not have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fitted di-
rectly into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of 600 mm
are also available.
Design, schematic representation
Switch position
To ensure compliance with locking and interlocking conditions,
the controls and operating mechanisms must be installed such
that, with two-position switches, the "0" position lies at 9 o'clock
and the "I" position at 12 o'clock.
Positions for two-position switches with 90° operating angle
Handle with masking frame
Seal
Door
Fixing screws
Coupling driver
Extension shaft
Adapter
Operating shaft of switching device
Switching device
Tripped plate (can be glued on if required)
NSE0_00022a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
90°
0°
NSE0_00352
1
1
2
2
o'clock position
o'clock position
12
9
PH_07.book Seite 162 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
163
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
For 3K switch disconnectors
■
Dimensional drawings
8UC71 and 8UC72 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, sizes 1 and 2
with extension shaft without extension shaft Door cutout with fixing holes
8UC73 to 8UC74 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, sizes 3 and 4
with extension shaft
1)
Length of extension shaft can be cut to fit mounting depth.
Extension shaft also available in 600 mm length.
without extension shaft Door cutout with fixing holes
29 1,5 ... 4
5,5 3001)
P4x11,5
4±3
BD
28
22
AC
NSE0_00490c
±1
±1
±1
A - B C - D
1234 5 6 7
8
9
with extension shaft
SectionSection
NSE0_00491c
±1
22
4±3
P4x11,5
5,5
1,5 ... 4
29±1
4,5
42...50
65
±1
1
2
3 4 5 69
B
AC
1)
D
±1
±1
±1
±1
45,5 1,5 ... 4
7
340
P5x13,5
22,5
NSE0_00492c
300
A - B C - D
123 4 5 6 7 8
Section Section
1)
22,5
3
P5x13,5
7±1
±1
±1
±1 1,5 ... 4
45,5
88
NSE0_00493b
5,5
63...65
1
2
34569
$Handle or twin handle
%Coupling driver
&Masking plate
(Seal
)Door
*Fixing
screw, 4 units
+Extension shaft
,Shaft coupling
-Actuating shaft
of the control
PH_07.book Seite 163 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
164 Siemens · 10/2015
Individual parts
Switch Disconnectors
8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
■
Dimensional drawings
1)
Padlock feature of handle pulled out
8UC60 coupling driver 8UC92 53 shaft coupling
8UC71, size 1
8UC72, size 2
8UC73, size 3
8UC74, size 4
Handles with cover frame, sizes 1 to 4
NSE0_00945a
Coupling
drivers
a b Shaft
length
With tolerance
compensation
+5 ±5 x
Without toleran-
ce compensation
+1.5 ±2.5 x+23.5
NSE0_00494
28
28
W
5,1
6,1
12,1
12,1
9
22,5
W
A
B
88
5
12
40
M5
1) Lock handle pulled out
NSE0_00495a
75
36 57 8
221)
13
NSE0_00498
75
62
NSE0_00496a
100
140 79 8
221)
15
NSE0_00499
100
200
PH_07.book Seite 164 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
165
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
8UC7 Door-coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting
■
Dimensional drawings
8UC9354, 3KX3 516-1AA operating mechanisms
for fixed mounting
Size 1
8UC9360 to 8UC9363, 3KX3 536-1AA operating mechanisms
for fixed mounting
Size 2
8UC9365 to 8UC9375, 3KX3 176-1E operating mechanisms
for fixed mounting
Sizes 3 and 4
8UC9381 to 8UC9382, 3KX3 616-1A operating mechanisms
for fixed mounting
Size 5
36 28
36
13
NSE0_00486
62 32
40
15
NSE0_00487
25,5
a
45
NSE0_00488
65
a
3 140
4200
Size Form
a
a
NSE0_00489a
65
Ø54
25,5
5 280
6400
Baugröße Form
Size Shape a
5280
PH_07.book Seite 165 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
166 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
■
Overview
3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses
All key product features at a glance
•In-line design
• Type-tested according to IEC EN 60947-3
• Voltage levels up to 690 V AC/440 V DC
• 160 A to 630 A for LV HRC and BS 88 fuse links,
according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1
• 2-, 3- and 4-pole versions available
• 185 mm phase center distance of plug-in contacts
• Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism
• Electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
• Developed for switchgear in plug-in design
• Horizontal or vertical mounting position
• Front panel locked in ON position
• Degree of protection IP41
Overview of all components and accessory parts
pYWYWYX[Y
YY
X^
X[
YX
YW
X`
X\
X]
X_
XY
_
`
XW
XX
X
]
^
\
[
Y
Z
XZ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3NJ62 switch disconnector basic device
here in size 00, open, without front cover
Manual operating mechanism
Motorized operating mechanism
Connection module
Blanking cover
Guide rails
Busbar cover
Contact extension
Current transformer
Current transformer bar
Connection terminals
Stud terminal
Terminal cover
Multifunction plug
Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM 10)
Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM 20/25)
Holder for measuring device without EFM
Bimetal current measuring device
Moving-iron current measuring device
BS fuse
LV MRC f use
Auxiliary switch
22
PH_07.book Seite 166 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
167
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Introduction
■
Benefits
Key advantages for switchboard manufacturers thanks to
the following:
• Compact, modular design
• Simple and efficient mounting due to incoming
plug-in contact
• High packing density in the field
• Cable connection with cable clamps or cable lugs
• Can be mounted in different control cabinet depths
• Comprehensive range of accessories
The advantages for users are:
• Conversion, retrofitting and replacement without
switching off the switchgear
• Dead-state fuse replacement
• Maintenance-free
• High personal safety
• Operating handle can be locked in OFF position
• Clear and unambiguous switch position indicator
■
Application
The plug-in 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses are installed
in low-voltage distribution boards where a minimum amount of
space is available for a maximum number of cable ducts to the
power distribution. They can be easily fitted in all common con-
trol cabinets (minimum depth: 400 mm).
The plug-in 3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses are available
for rated uninterrupted currents from 160 A to 630 A.
LV HRC fuse links according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1 (sizes
00 to 3) or BS fuse links according to BS 88 provide overload
and short-circuit protection up to 690 V AC.
The switch disconnectors can be retrofitted at any time with
auxiliary switches, an ammeter (48 mm x 48 mm) and current
transformers, with no extra space required. For installation in
control cabinets with a depth > 400 mm, the mounting depth of
the disconnectors can be increased by 200 mm using a contact
extension. Further installation accessories, such as guide rails
and blanking covers, complete the product range.
■
Design
Compact and modular design
All sizes fit busbar systems with
a 185 mm center-to-center clearance, have the same width and
depth, as well as a uniform 50 mm grid with regard to mounting
height (50, 100 and 200 mm). This enables an in-line disconnec-
tor panel to be set up with any combinations of different sizes.
Size 00, 160 A
Subsequent replacement of in-line disconnectors of different si-
zes is easy. Furthermore, the user-friendly hinged handle is ret-
ractable in both the ON and the OFF states, so that the compact
design is retained in both switch positions.
Size 2, 400 A, size 3, 630 A
PH_07.book Seite 167 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
168 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Current transformers and current transformer busbar kits
Connection methods
All plug-in switch disconnectors supplied for cable lug
connection as standard.
Ammeters
According to DIN 43718, an ammeter with dimensions
48 mm x 48 mm can be used to measure the current. It can
be a moving-iron measuring instrument or a bi-metal measuring
instrument.
A holder for the ammeter must be ordered as a separate
accessory part.
Holders for ammeters
Ammeter (moving-iron measuring instrument, left) and
(bi-metal measuring instrument, right)
Size 00 00 with 1 current transformer 00 with 3 current transformers 00 with 4 current transformers
Current transformer busbar kits, ∅ 21 mm, Article No.
Current transformer busbar kits, ∅ 14 mm, Article No.
3NJ69 20-3DB00
3NJ69 20-3DE00
3NJ69 20-3DC00
3NJ69 20-3DF00
3NJ69 20-3DD00
3NJ69 20-3DG00
Size 1 1 with 1 current transformer 1 with 3 current transformers 1 with 4 current transformers
Current transformer busbar kits, ∅ 21 mm, Article No. 3NJ69 30-3DB00 3NJ69 30-3DC00 3NJ69 30-3DD00
Size 2/3 2/3 with
1 current transformer
2/3 with
3 current transformers
2/3 with
4 current transformers
No current transformer busbar set required
Size Cable lug connection Terminal connection
00 1x(10mm
2
... 95 mm
2
)
2x(16mm
2
... 70 mm
2
)
1x(10mm
2
... 95 mm
2
)
11x(25mm
2
... 240 mm
2
)
2x(25mm
2
... 185 mm
2
1x(16mm
2
... 300 mm
2
)
2/3 1x(25mm
2
... 300 mm
2
)
2x(25mm
2
... 240 mm
2
2x(16mm
2
... 300 mm
2
)
PH_07.book Seite 168 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
169
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
■
Function
Operating principle
Operation
The plug-in switch disconnectors are fitted with a snap-action
mechanism and are switched by turning the handle approx. 45°.
Once actuated, the handle is folded against the front panel in the
ON or OFF position for safety reasons.
A unique switch position indication is output by the indicator in
the inspection window of the in-line disconnector (ON "I" = red,
OFF "O" = green). The switch position indicator is mechanically
linked to the moving switching contacts.
Voltage test
In the event of a voltage test on the fuse links, the transparent
insert in the front panel is opened.
Personnel safety
The switch disconnectors are type tested according to
IEC 60947-3 and have IP41 degree of protection in the
operating state.
The special interlocking mechanism on the handle ensures that
the in-line disconnector must be switched off before it is possible
to open the cover and remove the fuse. A switchgear key accor-
ding to DIN 43668 is also required to open the cover. In the
OFF position, the handle can also be padlocked to protect
against unintentional restarting.
Disconnection during the switching operation (snap-action
mechanism) is implemented before and after the fuse link. This
ensures that, if power is supplied over the busbars or via the
cable connecting side, the fuse links are in a dead state when
switched off.
Switch position
OFF
"OFF" position, display
"OFF" position, operating lever in changeable position
"OFF" position, operating lever in end position
ON
"ON" position, display
"ON" position, operating lever in changeable position
"ON" position, operating lever in end position
PH_07.book Seite 169 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
170 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Fuse monitoring
Fuse monitoring is used to detect, indicate and report faults.
The electronic fuse monitors are available in 2 versions.
EFM10 electronic fuse monitor:
• For use up to 690 V AC
• Operational voltage < 20 V
• Display: Ready-to-run
• Individual fault display per phase
• 1 CO contact as centralized fault signaling unit
EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor and line monitor:
• EFM20 for use up to 690 V AC, EFM25 for use
up to 440 V DC
• Operational voltage < 13 V (EFM20) < 20 V (EFM25)
• Test function
• Closed-circuit principle or open-circuit principle
• 2 CO contacts as centralized fault signaling unit incl.
line monitoring functions with phase failure detection (EFM20),
undervoltage/overvoltage detection
EFM10 electronic fuse monitor
EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor
PH_07.book Seite 170 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
171
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
■
Configuration
Installation data
Rated currents
• Rated currents of device sizes = 0.8 x I
N
of the
biggest fuse link
• For summation current of all feeders in the
SIVACON cubicle ≤2000 A
Configuration rules
Configuration rules for ventilated SIVACON cubicles with
3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses
• For the fully equipped cubicle, the rated diversity factor
according to IEC 60439-1 applies. Failure to comply with
these instructions may lead to premature aging of fuses
and uncontrolled tripping as a result of local overheating.
• All data refers to an ambient temperature of the switchgear
of 35 °C (24-hour average value).
Rated diversity factor according to IEC 60439-1
3NJ62 switch disconnectors Rated current Size Height requirements of
in-line disconnectors
Type Amm
3NJ62 0 160 00 50
3NJ62 1 250 1100
3NJ62 2 400 2200
3NJ62 3 630 3200
Further built-in components Designation Height requirements
Type mm
3NJ69 00-4CB00 Blanking covers for empty compartments / connection module 50
3NJ69 15-3BA00 400 A connection module for device compartment
(without front panel)
50
Device size Fuses
I
N
Rated current
=0.8xI
N
A A
00 160 125
125 100
80 64
1250 200
224 180
125 100
2400 320
355 284
315 252
3630 504
500 400
400 320
Number of main circuits Rated diversity factor
2 and 3 0.9
4 and 5 0.8
6 to 9 inclusive 0.7
10 and more 0.6
PH_07.book Seite 171 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
172 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Conversion factors for other ambient temperatures
Ambient temperature of the system °C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Conversion factor 1.1 1.07 1.04 1.00 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8
Rated current of the fuse links
Summation current of all feeders in the cubicle ≤2000 A = 0.8 x I
N
of the fuse
Permissible exceptions:
Summation current of all
feeders in cubicle
≤1500 A
Size 00 to 2 = 0.90 x I
N
Size 3 = 0.85 x I
N
Group formation is not permitted in this case. Every size 00 and 1 device must be assigned a
50 mm high blanking cover.
In-line disconnector
arrangement
Equipment in the cubicle, from top to bottom, decreasing from size 3 to size 00
Size 2 in-line disconnectors > 280 A continuous load current
As far as possible, size 3 in-line disconnectors > 440 A continuous load current should be distributed over
different cubicles.
Blanking covers
Permissible current Total covered height to be allocated Arrangement of in-line disconnectors
+ associated blanking covers
With ventilation slots, 50 mm high (continuous load current at
35°C system ambient
temperature)
(for recommended arrangement of blanking
covers, see right)
Size 3 in-line disconnectors
(group formation not permissible)
≥440 A to 500 A of single
device
200 mm = 4 units per in-line disconnector
I
N
x0.8 = 500A
= permissible conti-
nuous load current
< 440 A of single device 150 mm = 3 units per in-line disconnector
I
N
x 0.8 = 400 A
= permissible conti-
nuous load current
Size 2 in-line disconnectors
(group formation not permissible)
≤320 A of single device 50 mm = 1 unit per in-line disconnector I
N
x 0.8 = 284 A
= permissible conti-
nuous load current
Groups of in-line disconnectors
Sizes 00 and 1
≤400 A = summation
current of fuse links
group x 0.8
100 mm = 2 units per group Total
I
N
x0.8 ≤400 A
= permissible conti-
nuous load current
Any sized groups of in-line
disconnectors of size 00
≤64 A of single device 100 mm = 2 units per group
In combination with size 2 and 3 in one cu-
bicle, the rated currents are
280 A for size 2 and
440 A for size 3.
Devices with size 2 and 3 must be allocated
blanking covers (see above).
(Total 1 to I
N
)xα
= permissible conti-
nuous load current
α=rated
diversity factor
n=4 and 5α=0.8
n = 6 to 9α=0.7
n≥10α=0.6
I
N
= 630 A
e. g. I
N
= 500 A
e. g. I
N
= 355 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 125 A
I
N
= 125 A
I
N
= 160 A
I
N
= 16 A
I
N
= 20 A
I
N
= 63 A
I
N
= 80 A
n
n-1
2
1
PH_07.book Seite 172 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
173
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
Assignment of blanking covers with 50 mm high ventilation slots
Group Single device
Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Summation current
of group ≤500 A
Permissible
continuous load
current ≤400 A
Summation current
of group = 500 A
Permissible
continuous load
current ≤40 A
Permissible
continuous load
current of single
device ≤320 A
Permissible
continuous load
current of single
device ≤440 A
Summation
current of group
490 A x 0.8
= 392 A
2 blanking
covers/group
Summation
current of group
500 A x 0.8
= 400 A
2 blanking
covers/group
0.8 x I
N
= 280 A
1 blanking
cover/device
0.8 x I
N
= 400 A
3 blanking
covers/device
440 A >I≤500 A
= 500 A
4 blanking
covers/device
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 125 A
I
N
= 125 A
I
N
= 160 A
I
N
= 250 A
I
N
= 250 A
e. g.
I
N
= 355 A
e. g.
I
N
= 500 A
I
N
= 630 A
Group Permissible
continuous load
current of single
device ≤64 A
Group Example:
Size 00 Sizes 00 and 1 Group size 00 and
sizes 2 and 3
When combining size 00 I
N
80 A with other sizes, in the
case of sizes 2 to 3, the rated currents must be reduced
to 0.7 x I
N
:
Size 00 with
I
N
≤80 A
Any group size,
up to 33 in-line
disconnectors/
panel
16 A
26 A
26 A
32 A
32 A
40 A
40 A
64 A
64 A
64 A
64 A
64 A
2 blanking
covers/group
Summation
current of group
490 A x 0.8
= 392 A
2 blanking
covers/group
The assignment of blanking covers
for devices of sizes 1 to 3 must be
observed (see adjacent example of an
incomplete cubicle).
Rated current:
280 A
Rated current:
440 A
I
N
= 20 A
I
N
= 32 A
I
N
= 32 A
I
N
= 40 A
I
N
= 40 A
I
N
= 50 A
I
N
= 50 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 40 A
I
N
= 100 A
I
N
= 100 A
I
N
= 250 A
I
N
= 20 A
I
N
= 32 A
I
N
= 32 A
I
N
= 40 A
I
N
= 40 A
I
N
= 50 A
I
N
= 50 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
I
N
= 80 A
Size 2
I
N
= 400 A
Size 3
I
N
= 630 A
PH_07.book Seite 173 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
174 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
■
Technical specifications
Main devices of sizes 00 and 1
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not
correspond to BS 88.
Size 00 1
Switch disconnectors with fuses
Type 3NJ62...
NH ...02-3
...02-4
...03-1
...04-1
...04-2
...03-3
...03-4
...12-3
...12-4
...13-1
...14-1
...14-2
...13-3
...13-4
BS ...43-3 ...53-3 ...62-3
...62-4
...63-3
...63-4
...72-3
...72-4
...74-1
...74-2
...73-3
...73-4
Breaking capacity H H H S H H S H
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
V8000
Rated operational current I
e
A63 100 160 -160 125 160 125 250
For LV HRC fuse links
according to IEC 60269
- - 00 and 000 1
For BS fuse links according to BS 88 A3 A3 00T
1)
B2
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V690 -- -- 500 690 500 690 690
•At DC V-- -- 230 440 -- -- -- -- 230 440 - -
Utilization category AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
Rated conditional short-circuit current
• Short-circuit strength (rms value) kA 100 60 100 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity
(rms value)
kA 66 60 55 66 60 55 66
Rated making capacity
• P.f. = 0.65 A-- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• P.f. = 0.45 A630 1000 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• P.f. = 0.35 A-- -- -- -- -- -- 1600 1250 -- -- -- 2500
Rated breaking capacity
• P.f. = 0.65 A-- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• P.f. = 0.45 A504 800 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• P.f. = 0.35 A-- -- -- -- -- -- 1280 1000 -- -- -- 2000
Endurance
Operating cycles total 2000 1600 1600
• Electrical (690 V, p.f. = 0.65) 300 200 200
Power losses
(without fuse links)
W 7 17 43 78
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible mounting position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Degree of protection
(in operating state)
IP41
Connection type Main conductor connections
Cable lug connection
• Conductor cross-section
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) according to
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
mm
2
1x 10-95
2x 16-70
1x 25-240
2x 25-70
• Screw size M8 M12
30
• Torque Nm 15
Terminal connection
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm mm
2
1x 10-50 1x 16-185
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re mm
2
1x 10-50 1x 16-150
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm mm
2
1x 16-95 1x 35-240
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se mm
2
1x 16-95 1x 35-300
• Required torque Nm 15 25
PH_07.book Seite 174 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
175
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
Main devices of sizes 2 and 3
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not
correspond to BS 88.
Size 2 3
Switch disconnectors with fuses
Type 3NJ62...
NH ...22-3
...22-4
...23-1
...24-1
...24-2
...23-3
...23-4
...32-3
...32-4
...33-1
...34-1
...34-2
...33-3
...33-4
BS ...82-3
...82-4
...83-3
...83-4
...92-3
...92-4
...94-1
...94-2
...93-3
...93-4
...33-3
...33-4
Breaking capacity H S H H S H
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
V8000
Rated operational current I
e
• For fuse links according to
IEC 60269/BS88
A400 630 500 630 500
For fuse links
according to IEC 60269
2 and 1 3 and 2
For BS fuse links according to BS 88 B4 3T
1)
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V-- -- 690 230 440 500 690 500 690
•At DC V230 440 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Utilization category DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
Rated conditional short-circuit current
• Short-circuit strength (rms value) kA 60 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity
(rms value)
kA 60 55 66 60 55 66
Rated making capacity
• P.f. = 0.65 A-- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• P.f. = 0.45 A-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• P.f. = 0.35 A-- -- -- 4000 -- -- -- -- 6300 5000
Rated breaking capacity
• P.f. = 0.65 A-- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• P.f. = 0.45 A-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• P.f. = 0.35 A-- -- -- 3200 -- -- -- -- 5040 4000
Endurance
Operating cycles total 1000 1000
• Electrical (690 V, p.f. = 0.65) 200 200
Power losses
(without fuse links)
W158 357
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible mounting position Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Degree of protection
(in operating state)
IP41
Connection type Main conductor connections
Cable lug connection
Conductor cross-section
• Al/Cu, solid or stranded according to
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
mm
2
1x 25-300
2x 25-240
1x 25-300
2x 25-240
• Screw size 2x M12 2x M12
• Torque Nm 30 30
Terminal connection
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm mm
2
2x 16-185 2x 16-185
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re mm
2
2x 16-150 2x 16-150
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm mm
2
2x 35-240 2x 35-240
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se mm
2
2x 35-300 2x 35-300
• Required torque Nm 25 25
PH_07.book Seite 175 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
176 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Auxiliary switches
Electronic fuse monitor, AC version (EFM 10)
Electronic fuse monitor, AC version (EFM 20)
Electronic fuse monitor, DC version (EFM 25)
Ammeters
Motorized operating mechanism
Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
V8000
Rated operational current I
e
• At AC 15, U
e
= 120 V A 8
• At AC 15, U
e
= 230 V A 6
• At AC 15, U
e
= 400 V A 4
• At AC 15, U
e
= 690 V A 2
Size 00 1 2/3
Apparent power consumption SVA Approx. 2.5
Internal resist. of measurement circuit MΩR
in
> 6
Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80
Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) °C - 5 ... + 35
Protection rating in closed
in-line disconnector
IP40
Rated operating voltage of the main
control switching devices
V AC 230 ... 690
Hz 50/60
Voltag e limit s %±15
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AI
th
= 1.5
kV U
imp
= 4
VU
i
= 250
Load capacity of the signaling relay
•U
e
V24 125 240
• DC - 13; I
e
A 1 0.2 0.1
•AC - 15; I
e
A1.5
Short-circuit protection Max. fuse protection
DIAZED 2 A gLgG
Size 00 1 2/3
Apparent power consumption SVA Approx. 2.5
Internal resist. of measurement circuit MΩR
in
> 6
Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80
Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) °C - 5 ... + 35
Protection rating in closed
in-line disconnector
IP40
Rated operating voltage of the main
control switching devices
V AC 230 ... 690
Hz 50/60
Voltag e limit s %±15
Undervoltage V375
Overvoltage V425
Voltage drop for faulty fuses V> 13
Delay time s0.1
Relay 2 Same as relay 1
(fuse monitor)
Storage function Off
Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
Mode Run mode
Menu option Display of
voltage values/messages
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AI
th
= 1.5
kV U
imp
= 4
VU
i
= 250
Signaling relay 1 1 changeover contact for
fuse monitoring only
Signaling relay 2 1 changeover contact as
output for central fault
OR as signaling relay 1
(presetting)
Load capacity of the signaling relay
•U
e
V24 125 240
• DC - 13; I
e
A 1 0.2 0.1
•AC - 15; I
e
A1.5
Short-circuit protection Max. fuse protection
DIAZED 2 A gLgG
Size 00 12 / 3
Apparent power consumption SVA Approx. 2.5
Internal resist. of measurement circuit MΩR
in
> 6
Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80
Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) °C - 5 ... + 35
Protection rating in closed
in-line disconnector
IP40
Rated operating voltage of the main
control switching devices
V DC 220 ... 440
Voltage limits %±15
Undervoltage V200
Overvoltage V240
Voltage drop for faulty
fuses
V> 20
Delay time s0.1
Relay 2 Same as relay 1
(fuse monitor)
Storage function Off
Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
Mode Run mode
Menu option Display of voltage values/
messages
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 AI
th
= 1.5
kV U
imp
= 4
VU
i
= 250
Signaling relay 1 1 changeover contact for
fuse monitoring only
Signaling relay 2 1 changeover contact as
output for central fault
OR as signaling relay 1
(presetting)
Load capacity of the signaling relay
•U
e
V24 125 240
• DC - 13; I
e
A 1 0.2 0.1
•AC - 15; I
e
A1.5
Short-circuit protection Max. fuse protection
DIAZED 2 A gLgG
Inputs x /1 A or x /5 A
Overload
• Moving-iron measuring instruments 1.2 times
• Bi-metal measuring instruments 2 times
Slave pointer
• Moving-iron measuring instruments min --
• Bi-metal measuring instruments min 15
Power consumption
• Moving-iron measuring instruments VA 0.6
• Bi-metal measuring instruments VA 1
Size 00 1 2/3
Supply voltage V DC 24 ± 2
Power consumption A1.1 1.3 2.8
Endurance (no limitation of switch dis-
connector according to IEC 60947-3)
Operating cycles total 1600
Switch cycles under load 200
Signal duration sMin. 0.5 or
continuous signal
PH_07.book Seite 176 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
177
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
■
Dimensional drawings
3-pole
3NJ62 switch disconnector, top view
3NJ62 0, size 00
3NJ62 1, size 1
3NJ62 3 and 3NJ62 4, sizes 2 and 3
Clearance between phases
Alternating voltage versions, 3-pole
206
18
200
3035
121
590
550
525
185 185
90
10
NSE0_01874
49
590
NSE0_01875
24,5
NSE0_00259b
8
NSE0_01876
99
590
Guide pinPlug-in
contact
33
49
NSE0_00261b
NSE0_01877
198
590
21
49
21
NSE0_00263b
21
33
49
21
NSE0_00264b
550
525
77,5 185 10
L1 L2 L3
185
12,5
NSE0_01878
PH_07.book Seite 177 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
178 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Ammeters
Moving-iron measuring instrument
Left: View from the front
Right: View from the right
Bi-metal measuring instrument
Left: View from the front
Right: View from the right
Current transformers
Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors,
sizes NH00 and NH1 with feed-through opening Æ 21 mm
Top: View from the top
Bottom left: View from the front
Bottom right: View from the right
Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors,
sizes 00 and 1 with feed-through opening ∅14 mm
Current transformer for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors,
sizes 2 and 3
Top: View from the top
Bottom left: View from the front
Bottom right: View from the right
Snap-on mounting
50
37 5
48 3,2
NSE0_01097
45 +0,1
-0,3
Snap-on mounting
39
28 5
7
48
48
NSE0_01098
30
NSE0_01929
24
21
44
45
30
64,5
65
27
30
NSE0_01965
24
14
44
45
30
64,5
65
27
58
71
45
70
50
40
16
30,5
40,5
10,5
88,5
85,5
36,75
32
NSE0_01930
PH_07.book Seite 178 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
179
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
■
Circuit diagrams
Typical circuit diagrams
Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired on
1 ammeter, with 1 NO and 1 NC
Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired on
1 ammeter, with 1 NO and 1 NC
Typical circuit diagram with 3 current transformers wired to multi-function
plug, with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
Typical circuit diagram with 1 current transformer wired to 1 ammeter
and multi-function plug, with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
NSE0_02126
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
F3F2F1
4
3
2
1
12
11
13
K
L
T1
L1
L2
L3
NSE0_02127
14
F3F2F1
4
3
2
1
12
11
2
1
13
K
L
T1
L1
L2
L3
A
NSE0_02124
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
K
L
T3
K
L
T2
F3F2F1
4
3
2
1
12
11
13
K
L
T1
L1
L2
L3
2
1
T1 A
K
L
NSE0_02125
14
4
3
2
1
12
11
13
F3F2F1
L1
L2
L3
PH_07.book Seite 179 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
180 Siemens · 10/2015
General data
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Typical circuit diagram with 3 current transformers wired on 1 ammeter
and multi-function plug, with 1 NO and 1 NC
A
NSE0_02124
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
K
L
T3
K
L
T2
F3F2F1
4
3
2
1
12
11
13
K
L
T1
L1
L2
L3
PH_07.book Seite 180 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
181
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ62 In-Line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
General data
Position of the terminals and current transformers
Position of the terminals for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, size 00
Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right
Position of the terminals for 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, size 1
Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right
Positions of the terminals in the case of 3NJ62 switch disconnectors, sizes 2/3
Left: View from the top; Right: View from the right
L1
L2
L3
NSE0_01926
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
NSE0_01927
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
L1
L2
L3
L1 L2 L3
L1
L1
L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
L3
L2
NSE0_01928
PH_07.book Seite 181 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
182 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Overview
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
All key product features at a glance
• Box terminals available for all sizes
• Connection of circular conductors and laminated
conductors
• Fuse monitoring possible throughout
• Busbar supports can be built over
• Conversion of 5/10 mm thick busbars without parts which
can be lost or broken off
• Convertibility of cable feeder at top/bottom without
intervention in the internal conducting paths
• Optimum integration in various system environments through
cover levels and on busbar systems with/without base
• Touch protection also with rear incoming feeder
• Fuses are removed using a release shaft without the fuses
being touched
• All units can be sealed and locked
Overview of all components and accessory parts
X
Y
Z
[
\
^
_
`
XW
XX
YW
X`
[
Z
XZ
X[
XY
X\
X]
X^
X_
]
X
XW
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
`
XX
YW
XY
XZ
X[
X\
X]
X^
X_
X`
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector
Cover masking frame support
Reach-around protection for Siemens busbar system
Reach-around protection for Rittal busbar system
Locking device
Auxiliary switch with actuator
Molded-plastic masking frame
Fuse carrier with MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring
Fuse carrier with EFM 20/25 electronic fuse monitoring
Fuse carrier with EFM 10 electronic fuse monitoring
Box terminal
Auxiliary conductor connection for box terminal
Flat connector
Auxiliary conductor connection for flat connector
Deep-drawn connection module
Prism terminal
Auxiliary conductor connection for prism terminal
Saddle terminal
Cable connection cover with rear reach-around protection
Cable connection cover
NSG0_00235
PH_07.book Seite 182 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
183
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Introduction
■
Benefits
Advantages during planning and configuration
• Low level of equipment variation due to easy convertibility of
cable feeder at top/bottom (delivered from factory with cable
feeder at bottom)
• Only one device variant for applications in industry and infra-
structure thanks to touch and reach-around protection as a
standard feature
• Uniform grid sizes for easy configuration
Advantages during operation and service
• The optional rear covers for the cable connections ensure
optimum touch protection even for switchgear assemblies
with rear access
• Innovative design enables the highest safety for equipment
and personnel
• Fuses can be released and removed using a release shaft
• Lockable and sealable design enables safe working and
prevents unauthorized access
Advantages during installation
• Only one device version is required for cable feeders at
top/bottom and there is no need to intervene in the internal
conducting paths
• One device version with very high short-circuit values
dispenses with having to order and install arc splitters to
increase the electrical values
• On all sizes it is possible to install two CO contacts for
indicating the switching position
• All devices feature all-round touch protection
• Box terminals are available for all sizes and shorten the
mounting time appreciably
• Snapping on the sizes NH000 and NH00 shortens the
mounting time greatly compared to fixing with screws
• The screw-fixing method on sizes NH1, NH2 and NH3
provides for easy positioning and at the same time secure
contacting of the larger and heavier device versions
• Small space requirement through compact devices and
busbar supports which can be built over
• Device versions for busbar mounting can be converted to
5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars without parts which can be
lost or broken off
■
Application
Possible uses
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors can be used for protecting and
switching the most diverse electrical loads:
• Motor starter combinations
• In conjunction with SITOR semiconductor fuses for the
protection of frequency converters and soft starters
• Fusing of compensation modules
• Cable feeders
• Group fusing of small loads
The devices are optimized for operation in all kinds of system
environments:
• Low-voltage switchgear assemblies for power distribution
and MCCs (e.g. main and sub-distribution boards)
• Distribution systems with cover levels of 32 and 70 mm
or 45 and 70 mm
• Mechanical engineering
• Railway applications
Fuse monitoring
Fuse monitors are used to detect, indicate and report faults:
• MFM – electromechanical fuse monitoring for AC/DC networks
• EFM 10 – electronic fuse monitoring for
AC networks
• EFM 20 – electronic fuse monitoring with
line monitoring for AC networks
• EFM 25 – electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring
for DC networks
Standards and specifications
The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are compliant with:
• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
• IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
Mounting
Floor mounting
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for floor mounting
Busbar mounting
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for busbar mounting
System
cover
(alternative)
Mounting plate
Sizes 1, 2, 3Sizes 000, 00
NSG0_00236
70
45
Mounting plate
Busbar support
Busbar support
Base
Mounting on Siemens 8US
busbar systems with 32/70 mm
cover level
Mounting on Rittal Riline 60
busbar systems with base
70
32
NSG0_00237
PH_07.book Seite 183 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
184 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Technical specifications
1)
160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00,
otherwise max. 100 A.
2)
Up to pollution degree 2, above this U
i
= 690 V
3)
Only with isolating links; otherwise, please observe specifications of fuse
manufacturer.
4)
Values are valid when using LV HRC (NH) fuse systems with characteristic
gG. If using fuses for semiconductor protection, please refer to the assign-
ment table, see page 185.
5)
For operation up to 160 A, max. 9W.
Standards IEC / EN 60947-1, IEC / EN 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 7
Type 3NP1123... 3NP1133... 3NP1143... 3NP1153... 3NP1163...
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A160
1)
160 250 400 630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 000 00 and 000 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2
Conventional free air thermal current I
th
A160 160 250 400 630
Rated operational voltage U
e
• At 50 Hz/60 Hz AC V690 690 690 690 690
• With DC (3 conducting paths series-connected) V440 440 440 440 440
• With DC (2 conducting paths series-connected) V220/240 220/240 220/240 220/240 220/240
• With utilization category AC-20 or DC-20 Max. V1000
Rated insulation voltage U
i2)
V1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 8 8 8 8 8
Rated cond. short-circuit current with fuses (by fast switch on) Size/A 000/160 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
• Rated current at 500 V/690 V AC kA 80/50 80/50 80/50 80/50 80/50
• Permissible let-through current of the fuses, peak value kA 10 15 25 40 50
Short-circuit strength with fuses
(with closed disconnector)
Size/A 000/160 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
• Rated current at 500 V/690 V, rms value kA 120/100 120/100 120/100 100/100 100/100
• Let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s56 158 780 2150 5400
• Permissible let-through current of the fuses, peak value kA 15 23 32 40 60
Rated making capacity
with isolating blades at 500 V AC
kA 2 6 17 17 17
Rated making and breaking capacity
• At AC-21B, 22B, 23B 400 V AC A160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-21B 500 V AC A160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-22B 500 V AC A125 160 250 400 630
• At AC-23B 500 V AC A40 63 200 315 500
• At AC-21 B 690 V AC A160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-22B 690 V AC A50 125 250 400 500
• At AC-23B 690 V AC A25 35 100 125 200
• With DC-21B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC A160 160 250 400 630
• With DC-22B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC A100 160 250 400 630
• With DC-23B (2 cond. paths series-connected) 240 V DC A80 100 200 250 400
• With DC-21B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC A100 160 250 400 630
• With DC-22B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC A50 125 200 315 500
• With DC-23B (3 cond. paths series-connected) 440 V DC A25 63 100 160 250
Capacitor switching capacity
At 400 V AC
• Capacitor rating kvar 50 50 50 50 50
• Rated current I
n
A72 72 72 72 72
At 525 V AC
• Capacitor rating kvar 50 50 50 50 50
• Rated current I
n
A55 55 55 55 55
Permissible ambient temperature
3)
°C -25 ... +55 for operation, -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 2000 2000 1600 1000 1000
Degree of protection (operator side)
Without molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover IP30 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)
With molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover IP40 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)
Power loss of the switch at I
th
(plus fuses) W 9 12 23 34 48
Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse)
4)
W7.5
5)
12 23 34 48
Max. conductor cross-section of main conductor connection
Flat terminals mm
2
Up to 95 (M8) Up to 150
(M10)
Up to 240
(M10)
Up to 300
(M10)
Box terminals mm
2
1.5 ... 50 6...70 70 ... 185 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Prism terminal mm
2
-- 35 ... 95 70 ... 150 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Saddle terminals mm
2
-- 1.5 ... 70 70 ... 120 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Laminated conductors in box terminal mm 8x8 9x8 10 x 20 10 x 32 20 x 32
Rated operational current of auxiliary switch (at max. 250 V AC)
3NP19...-1FA00 auxiliary switch A0.25 (I
th
=5A)
3NP19...-1FB00 auxiliary switch (solid-state compatible) A0.1 (I
th
=0.1A)
Permissible mounting position Vertical and horizontal (no derating)
PH_07.book Seite 184 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
185
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Fuses
■
Overview
The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for all fuses in
LV HRC design; see Catalog LV 10, chapter "Fuse Systems".
SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used,
although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line pro-
tection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this re-
ason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current I
n
of the
device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device.
The following table shows the permissible load currents of the
SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3NP1. The values
were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified
in the table.
Note
If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating is
required due to the lower heat dissipation.
SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in:
3NP1 for floor mounting 3NP1 for busbar mounting
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operati-
onal
class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4) 5)
A V AC mm² A A
3NC23.. 150 500 gR 3 70 3NP1163 3140 3NP1163 3150
3NC2425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3NP1163 3175 3NP1163 3190
3NC2427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3NP1163 3220 3NP1163 3237
3NC2428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3NP1163 3250 3NP1163 3285
3NC2431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3NP1163 3320 3NP1163 3332
3NC2432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3NP1163 3370 3NP1163 3380
3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3500 3NP1163 3500
3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3NP1163 3280 3NP1163 3285
3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3NP1163 3340 3NP1163 3340
3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3NP1163 3400 3NP1163 3425
3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3460 3NP1163 3535
3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3NP1163 3120 3NP1163 3140
3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3NP1163 3160 3NP1163 3190
3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3NP1163 3200 3NP1163 3240
3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3NP1163 3270 3NP1163 3300
3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3NP1163 3385 3NP1163 3385
3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3NP1133 00 80 3NP1133 00 80
3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3NP1133 00 100 3NP1133 00 100
3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3NP1133 00 95 3NP1133 00 95
3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3NP1133 00 120 3NP1133 00 120
3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3NP1133 00 115 3NP1133 00 115
3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3NP1143 1160 3NP1143 1160
3NP1153 2160 3NP1153 2160
3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP1143 1150 3NP1143 1152
3NP1153 2200 3NP1153 2200
3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP1143 1150 3NP1143 1152
3NP1153 2160 3NP1153 2160
3NE1225-2/-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP1143 1180 3NP1143 1180
3NP1153 2190 3NP1153 2190
3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3NP1143 1235 3NP1143 1238
3NP1153 2250 3NP1153 2250
3NE1227-2/-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP1143 1220 3NP1143 1213
3NP1153 2235 3NP1153 2235
3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3NP1153 2290 3NP1153 2315
3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3NP1153 2278 3NP1153 2315
3NP1163 3380 3NP1163 3400
3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP1153 2315 3NP1153 2350
3NP1163 3340 3NP1163 3350
3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP1153 2300 3NP1153 2330
3NP1163 3330 3NP1163 3350
3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP1153 2340 3NP1153 2380
3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP1153 2328 3NP1153 2360
3NP1163 3370 3NP1163 3400
3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3450 3NP1163 3430
3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3430 3NP1163 3420
3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3500 3NP1163 3450
3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP1163 3475 3NP1163 3450
PH_07.book Seite 185 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
186 Siemens · 10/2015
Fuses
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
3NE1435-0 560 690 gS 3 2x 150 3NP1163 3560 3NP1163 3520
3NE1435-2/-3 560 690 gR 3 2x 150 3NP1163 3555 3NP1163 3510
3NE1436-0 630 690 gS 3 2x 185 3NP1163 3630 3NP1163 3585
3NE1436-2/-3 630 690 gR 3 2x 185 3NP1163 3620 3NP1163 3570
3NE1437-0 710 690 gS 3 2x (40x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3605
3NE1437-1 710 600 gR 3 2x (40x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3590
3NE1437-2/-3 710 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3580
3NE1438-0 800 690 gS 3 2x (50x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3630
3NE1438-1 800 600 gR 3 2x (50x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3610
3NE1438-2/-3 800 690 gR 3 2x (50x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3600
3NE1447-2/-3 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3575
3NE1448-2/-3 850 690 gR 3 2x (40x8) -- -- -- 3NP1163 3630
3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3NP1123 000 40 3NP1123 000 40
3NP1133 00 40 3NP1133 00 40
3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3NP1123 000 35 3NP1123 000 35
3NP1133 00 35 3NP1133 00 35
3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3NP1123 000 16 3NP1123 000 16
3NP1133 00 16 3NP1133 00 16
3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3NP1123 000 20 3NP1123 000 20
3NP1133 00 20 3NP1133 00 20
3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3NP1123 000 25 3NP1123 000 25
3NP1133 00 25 3NP1133 00 25
3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3NP1123 000 50 3NP1123 000 50
3NP1133 00 50 3NP1133 00 50
3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3NP1123 000 63 3NP1123 000 63
3NP1133 00 63 3NP1133 00 63
3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3NP1123 000 80 3NP1123 000 80
3NP1133 00 80 3NP1133 00 80
3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3NP1143 188 3NP1143 195
3NP1153 295 3NP1153 2100
3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3NP1143 1102 3NP1143 1113
3NP1153 2110 3NP1153 2125
3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3NP1143 1130 3NP1143 1140
3NP1153 2140 3NP1153 2150
3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3NP1143 1163 3NP1143 1170
3NP1153 2175 3NP1153 2180
3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3NP1143 1195 3NP1143 1200
3NP1153 2210 3NP1153 2215
3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3NP1153 2270 3NP1153 2265
3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3NP1153 2290 3NP1153 2280
3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3NP1153 2320 3NP1153 2310
3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3NP1153 2360 3NP1153 2330
3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3NP1153 2330 3NP1163 3360
3NP1163 3360 -- -- --
3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP1163 3375 3NP1163 3390
3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP1163 3420 3NP1163 3415
3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP1163 3475 3NP1163 3460
3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP1163 3540 3NP1163 3500
3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3NP1163 3580 3NP1163 3500
3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3NP1163 3605 3NP1163 3500
3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3NP1163 3630 3NP1163 3500
3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3NP1143 130 3NP1143 132
3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3NP1143 135 3NP1143 140
3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3NP1143 142 3NP1143 150
3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3NP1143 155 3NP1143 160
3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3NP1143 171 3NP1143 176
3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3NP1143 184 3NP1143 193
3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3NP1143 1107 3NP1143 1115
3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3NP1143 1134 3NP1143 1144
3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3NP1153 2195 3NP1163 3220
3NP1163 3215 3NP1163 3220
3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3NP1153 2240 3NP1163 3255
3NP1163 3270 -- -- --
3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP1163 3370 3NP1163 3355
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in:
3NP1 for floor mounting 3NP1 for busbar mounting
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operati-
onal
class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4) 5)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 186 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
187
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Fuses
1)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades,
SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched
occasionally and only at zero current.
2)
For permissible load currents for 3NE8…-0MK, see Configuration Manual
"Fuse Systems", or on request.
3)
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors may be operated at up to 1000 V AC/DC
with the following restrictions:
- Pollution degree 2 (instead of 3)
- AC20/DC20 - i. e. must not be switched under load
4)
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced
(precise values on request).
5)
Values apply if used with 30 x 10 mm rails; for size 00: 12 x 5 mm and top
busbar connection – values for other configurations available on request.
3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP1163 3410 3NP1163 3390
3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3NP1163 3540 3NP1163 3500
3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3NP1133 00 25 3NP1133 00 25
3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3NP1133 00 32 3NP1133 00 35
3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3NP1133 00 43 3NP1133 00 50
3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3NP1133 00 52 3NP1133 00 60
3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3NP1133 00 65 3NP1133 00 72
3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3NP1133 00 85 3NP1133 00 85
3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3NP1133 00 100 3NP1133 00 100
3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3NP1133 00 120 3NP1133 00 115
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in:
3NP1 for floor mounting 3NP1 for busbar mounting
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operati-
onal
class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4) 5)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 187 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
188 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Dimensional drawings
Handle positions
Handle positions, size 000
Dimensions (mm)
A, B C D
J
N
L
MK
IH
G
F
E
C
A
B
I201_18926
3NP1123-1CA20
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
76,6 — 60,6 71,6 88,8 141,7 — — 110,4 45 — — — —
PH_07.book Seite 188 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
189
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
Handle positions, size 00
Dimensions (mm)
AC
BD
E
H
I
KM
L
N
J
F
G
I201_18927
3NP1133-1CA10
3NP1133-1CA20
3NP1133-1BB.0
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
86,5 — 63,7 87,7 105,8 202 — — 184 45 — — — —
86,5 — 63,7 87,7 105,8 200 — — 184 45 — — — —
— 111,5 63,7 87,7 105,8 — 210,2 196 184 — 70 32 26 51
A, B C D
PH_07.book Seite 189 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
190 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Handle positions, sizes 1, 2 and 3
Dimensions (mm)
E
A
B
C
D
F
70
32
I
H
J
298
306
G
I201_18928
3NP1143-1DA.0
3NP1153-1DA.0
3NP1163-1DA.0
A B C D E F G H I J
115 — 180 186 — 183,7 275,6 — — —
129,9 — 200 207 — 209,4 280 90 — —
138,5 — 200 207 — 249,4 280 90 — —
A, B C D
PH_07.book Seite 190 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
191
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
Standard rail mounting
Standard rail mounting, size 000
Standard rail mounting, size 00
Floor mounting
Floor mounting in distribution boards
Busbar mounting
Busbar mounting,
sizes 000 and 00 on the left, sizes 1, 2, and 3 on the right
I201_18929
88,8
76,964,8
Z
CB
A
I201_18929
3NP1133-1CA10
3NP1133-1CA10
3NP1133-1CA20
3NP1133-1CA20
3NP1143-1CA ..
3NP1143-1CA ..
Z A B C
150 105,8 26 26
125 105,8 38,5 38,5
150 105,8 25 25
125 105,8 37,5 37,5
150 183,7 93 63
125 183,7 105,5 75,5
Abmessungen (mm)
32
70
280
298
45
184
I201_18931
32
70
32
70
184
194
280
298
I201_18932
PH_07.book Seite 191 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
192 Siemens · 10/2015
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Hole drilling templates
Hole drilling template, size 000
Hole drilling template, size 00
Hole drilling template, sizess 1, 2 and 3
Mounting position
Mounting position, size 00
50
88,8
5
141,7
76,8
I201_18933
I201_18934
49
66
75
40
50
105,8
6
202
12,5 12,5
101
I201_18935
D
E
A
B
G
C
F
3NP1143-1CA.0
3NP1153-1CA.0
3NP1163-1CA.0
A B C D E F G
306 138 50 150 130 11 184
306 138 50 166 130 11 210
306 138 50 195 160 11 250
Dimensions (mm)
90°
90°
90°
I201_18936
PH_07.book Seite 192 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
193
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Dimensions, hole drilling templates, circuit diagrams
■
Circuit diagrams
AC applications
Circuit diagram for AC applications
DC applications
Circuit diagram for 220 V/240 V DC applications
Circuit diagram for 440 V DC applications (floor mounting only)
L1
L3
L2
I201_18937
I201_18938
L+
L-
L+
L-
I201_18939
PH_07.book Seite 193 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
194 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Overview
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector range
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are controls for the occasional
manual switching/isolating of loads and distribution boards.
They are able to switch on, control and switch off the specified
rated current (including a specific overload).
With the 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors, all poles of down-
stream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the
system under load.
■
Application
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideally suited for
surface mounting and installation in distribution boards
(e.g. ALPHA, SIKUS), meter cabinets (e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS),
and molded-plastic distribution systems such as 8HP.
The ability to mount them on a range of different busbar systems
allows their very diverse implementation in switchgear cabinet
and control engineering.
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideal for operation
in combination with other switching devices, for example in
capacitor modules for reactive-power compensation.
In conjunction with semiconductor protection fuses (e.g. SITOR),
these are used for the effective protection of frequency conver-
ters and soft starters.
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for use in any
climate and comply with standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
and DIN VDE 0660 Part 107.
In addition, the 3NP5 series of fuse switch disconnectors com-
plies with the requirements of BS 5419 and is also approved for
operation in marine applications.
All 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be sealed as standard
or using accessories.
Permissible mounting position
3NP5
3NP5 2
3NP5 4
3NP5 0
10°
NSE0_00182
180° 180° 180°
PH_07.book Seite 194 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
195
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Introduction
■
Technical specifications
1)
When observing degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) operation is also
possible up to U
i
= 1000 V.
2)
Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3:
Rated making current
I = 10 × I
e
(AC-23); 3 × I
e
(AC-22); 1.5 × I
e
(AC-21);
Rated breaking current
I
e
= 8 × I
e
(AC-23); 3 × I
e
(AC-22); 1.5 × I
e
(AC-21).
3)
When electronic fuse monitors are used, infeed must be from the top.
4)
When using isolating blades. If using fuse links, please observe the fuse
manufacturer’s specifications.
5)
With busbar adapter.
6)
Values are valid when using LV HRC (NH) fuse systems with characteristic
gG. If using fuses for semiconductor protection, please refer to the assign-
ment table, see page 198.
7)
When connecting one conductor.
For 2 conductors max. 1 x 50 mm
2
and 1 x 35mm
2
.
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3NP50 3NP52 3NP53 3NP54
Rated uninterrupted current I
u
A160 250 400 630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 00 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2
Conventional free air thermal current I
th
A160 250 400 630
Rated operational voltage U
e
• 50/60 Hz AC V 690
•DC V440 (3 conducting paths series-connected),
220 (2 conducting paths in series, fuse monitoring by 3RV)
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V690
1)
690
1)
690
1)
690
1)
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 6 6 6 6
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses (by fast switch on)
Rated current Size/A 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
• At 500 V AC (rms value) kA 50 50 50 50
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 15 25 40 50
Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector)
• Rated current Size/A 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
• At 500 V AC (rms value) kA 100 100 50 50
• Maximum permissible let-through I
2
t value kA
2
s223 780 2150 5400
• Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 23 32 40 60
Rated short-circuit making capacity with isolating blades
2)
Size 00 1 2 3
• At 500 V AC (peak value) kA 617 17 17
Rated making and breaking capacity
2)
(infeed from top or bottom)
3)
Size 00 1 0 2 1 3 2
Breaking current I
c
• At p.f. = 0.35, rms value at 500 V A 1300 2500 1600 4000 2500 5040 4000
• At p.f. = 0.35, rms value at 690 V A 800 1280 1000 2520 1600 3200 2520
• At p.f. = 0.35 and 400 V AC, with fuse links, rms value
A 1600 2500 1600 4000 2500 5040 4000
Rated operational current I
e
• At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 400 V AC, with fuse links A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
• At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 500 V AC, with fuse links A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
• At AC-21B, AC-22B at AC 690 V A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
• At AC-23B at AC 690 V A 100 160 125 315 200 400 315
At 220 (440) V DC, with 2 (3) conducting paths series-connected and fuse links:
• Breaking current I
c
(L/R = 15 ms) A 640 1000 640 1600 1600 2520 1600
• Rated operational current I
e
at DC-23B A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
Capacitor switching capacity
• Capacitor rating at 400 V AC kvar 80 90 150 250
• Rated current I
n
at 525 V AC A 116 130 216 361
• Capacitor rating kvar 100 125 200 300
• Rated current I
n
A110 137 220 330
Permissible ambient temperature °C - 25 ... +55 for operation
4)
, -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1600
Degree of protection
• Without molded-plastic masking frame IP00, for 3NP52 with terminal clamp connection degree of
protection IP10
• With molded-plastic masking frame with closed fuse carrier on the operator side IP30
• With molded-plastic masking frame with open fuse carrier IP10
Power loss of the switch at I
th
(without power loss of the fuse links)
Without busbar adapter W 7.8 (16.3)
5)
7.5 15 39
Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse)
6)
W12 23 37 50
Main conductor connections
Flat terminal for connection of
• Crimped cable lugs acc. to DIN 46234 (conductor cross-section, stranded) mm
2
2.5 ... 120 6 ... 150 6 ... 240 6 ... 2 × 240
• Pressed cable lugs acc. to DIN 46235 (conductor cross-section, stranded) mm
2
16 ... 70 16 ... 150 16 ... 240 16 ... 2 × 240
• Busbars (usable busbar width) mm 16 ... 22 22 ... 30 22 ... 30 22 ... 30
Clamp terminals mm
2
2.5 ... 50
7)
35 ... 120 -- --
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories) The same voltage potential must be applied
to the NO and NC contacts
• At 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC, rated operational current I
e
at AC-12/AC-15 A A 16/6
• Flat plug-in terminals (DIN 46244) A 6.3 ... 0.8
Permissible mounting position Vertical or horizontal
(switching capacity may be reduced with horizontal installation)
Signaling contact for solid-state fuse monitoring 2NO + 1NC
• Rated operational current I
e
at 250 V, DC-13 A 0.27
• Rated operational current I
e
at 240 V, AC-15 A 1.5
• Thermal free-air rated current I
th
A 5
PH_07.book Seite 195 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
196 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Dimensional drawings
1)
h = Distance from upper edge of panel cut-out to center of
disconnector mounting.
2)
With standard molded-plastic masking frame behind panel and
corresponding panel cutout, the standard switching capacity is
reduced to the following AC 23B values:
At 400 V I
e
160 A, at 500 V from I
e
160 A to 125 A and
At 690 V from I
e
100 A to 50 A
Circuit diagrams
3NP5660, 160 A
For surface mounting
3NP5060, 160 A
With molded-plastic masking frame
for any type of installation
Molded-plastic masking frame
3NY1107
3NP5660, 160 A
With fuse monitoring by 3RV1 circuit breaker,
with connector
For plastic frame
Cutout
for 3NP5660, with and
without auxiliary switch
Cutout
for 3NY1208 mounting kit
For metal frame
Cutouts for 3NP5
173
97
196
6363
84
34 165 31
NSE0_00226a
Ø5,8
M8 22
36 36
134 19
228
15116 97,5
70
Auxiliary switches
Type a b c d
3NY1105 135 215 95.5 38
3NY1115 135 215 95.5 38
3NY1106 135 290 144.5 64
3NY1108 135 290 144.5 64
3NY1208 149 250 115 53.5
c
b
d12
NSE0_00231a
a45 2
230
36
NSE0_00227b
135
30° 30
30° 30
196
300
NSE0_00228b
134
228
161,5
91
205
NSE0_00229a
130
5,8
70
NSE0_00230a
126,5
191
207,5
6
143
Type Molded-plastic masking
frames
Panel cut-out min.
Molded-plastic masking frame behind panel
Type BHBHh
1)
3NP566 3NY1105
2)
135 215 130 206 115
3NP566 3NY1125
3NP526 3NY1210 222 300 210 293 146
3NP536 3NY1211 245 300 235 293 146
3NP546 3NY1212 290 300 280 293 146
Molded-plastic masking frame in the front of
the panel
Type BHBHh
1)
3NP566 3NY1105 135 215 130 205 115
3NP566 3NY1208 149 250 143 191 --
3NP526 3NY1210 220 300 210 262 132
3NP536 3NY1211 245 300 234 262 132
3NP546 3NY1212 290 300 279 262 132
NSE0_00906b
B
h
H
PH_07.book Seite 196 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
197
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Introduction
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector with fuse monitoring
(with 3RV1 motor starter protector, with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC)
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector with electronic fuse monitoring
Function for auxiliary contacts – main contact elements with 3NP5
42
0510
15 20 61°
13
14 22
0510
15 20 77°
NSE_00174e
15 20 70°
21
1
Contact closed
Contact open
For 3NP40 1,
and 3NP4. 7
Auxiliary switch
On Off
For 3NP5
13-14
21-22
3NP52 60
3NP54 60
13-14
21-22
3NP50 60
3NP53 60
(1 NO)
(1 NC)
(3 NO)
(3 NO)
(1 NO)
(1 NC)
(3 NO)
(3 NO)
Off
(3 NO)
(1 NC)
(1 NO)1-4
1-2
3NP40 1,
3NP4. 7
Circuit diagram of main circuit Circuit diagram of auxiliary circuit
Q1 = Fuse switch disconnector
Q2 = Circuit breaker
K1 = Contactor
S1 = ON button
S0 = OFF button
F1 = Overload relay
F2 = Control cable fuse
L 1
L 2
L 3
1 3
1 4
2 1
2 2
Q 1 Q 2
1 3
1 4
2 1
2 2
1
>
1
>
1
>
1 3 5
2 4 6
B K
B U
B N
W H
K 1
F 1
M
3 ~
N S E 0 _ 0 0 1 7 5 b
3 ~ . . . H z . . . V
L1 1~ ...Hz ...V
F1
S0
Q2
S1 K1
K1
N
NSE00176a
F2
33
34
Block diagram
1
11 12 23 24 33 34
65432
BN BU GY WH RDBK
X1
L1 L2 L3
F1 F2 F3
L1' L2' L3'
NSE0_00177a
Switching stage
Resistor
network
Parameterization
Synchroni-
zation
signals
Voltages
Micro-
controller
LED indication
Operation
Fault F1
Fault F2
Fault F3
Power
supply unit
Signal leads
Version "A" (open-circuit principle):
Auxiliary switches pick up only if fuse defective and voltage is applied.
Version "R" (closed-circuit principle):
Auxiliary contact elements pick up only provided voltage is present and fuses are intact.
PH_07.book Seite 197 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
198 Siemens · 10/2015
Fuses
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
■
Overview
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for all fuses in
LV HRC design, see Catalog LV10, chapter "Fuse Systems".
SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC design can also be used,
although it must be noted that, compared to cable and line pro-
tection fuses, these get much hotter during operation. For this re-
ason, the fuse must be operated below the rated current I
n
of the
device (derating) when installed in a closed switching device.
The following table shows the permissible load currents of the
SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in 3NP5. The values
were determined using the conductor cross-sections specified
in the table.
Note
If using smaller cross-sections, a considerably higher derating
is required due to the lower heat dissipation.
SITOR semiconductor fuses for 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3NP5 for floor mounting
Type 3NP5 Alternative type 3NP5
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
3NC2423.. 150 500 gR 3 70 3NP54 3145 -- -- --
3NC2425.. 200 500 gR 3 95 3NP54 3180 -- -- --
3NC2427.. 250 500 gR 3 120 3NP54 3225 -- -- --
3NC2428.. 300 500 gR 3 185 3NP54 3255 -- -- --
3NC2431.. 350 500 gR 3 240 3NP54 3330 -- -- --
3NC2432.. 400 500 aR 3 240 3NP54 3400 -- -- --
3NC3336-1 630 1000 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3530 -- -- --
3NC3337-1 710 1000 aR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3570 -- -- --
3NC3338-1 800 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3630 -- -- --
3NC3340-1 900 1000 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3700
5)
-- -- --
3NC3341-1 1000 1000 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3770
5)
-- -- --
3NC3342-1 1100 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3800
5)
-- -- --
3NC3343-1 1250 800 aR 3 2x (50x8) 3NP54 3850
5)
-- -- --
3NC3430-1 315 1250 aR 3 2x95 3NP54 3295 -- -- --
3NC3432-1 400 1250 aR 3 2x120 3NP54 3355 -- -- --
3NC3434-1 500 1250 aR 3 2x150 3NP54 3440 -- -- --
3NC3436-1 630 1250 aR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3520 -- -- --
3NC3438-1 800 1100 aR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3625 -- -- --
3NC8423.. 150 660 gR 3 70 3NP54 3135 -- -- --
3NC8425.. 200 660 gR 3 95 3NP54 3180 -- -- --
3NC8427.. 250 660 gR 3 120 3NP54 3225 -- -- --
3NC8431.. 350 660 gR 3 240 3NP54 3300 -- -- --
3NC8434.. 500 660 gR 3 2x 150 3NP54 3425 -- -- --
3NC8444-3C 1000 600 aR 3 2x (60x6) 3NP54 3800
5)
-- -- --
3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 25 3NP50 00 80 -- -- --
3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 35 3NP50 00 100 -- -- --
3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 35 3NP50 00 100 -- -- --
3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 50 3NP50 00 125 -- -- --
3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 50 3NP50 00 125 -- -- --
3NE1224-0 160 690 gS 1 70 3NP52 1160 3NP53 2160
3NE1224-2/-3 160 690 gR 1 70 3NP52 1160 3NP53 2160
3NE1225-0 200 690 gS 1 95 3NP52 1200 3NP53 2200
3NE1225-2 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP52 1200 3NP53 2200
3NE1225-3 200 690 gR 1 95 3NP52 1190 3NP53 2200
3NE1227-0 250 690 gS 1 120 3NP52 1250 3NP53 2250
3NE1227-2 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP52 1250 3NP53 2250
3NE1227-3 250 690 gR 1 120 3NP52 1235 3NP53 2250
3NE1230-0 315 690 gS 1 2x 70 3NP53 2315 -- -- --
3NE1230-2/-3 315 690 gR 1 2x 70 3NP53 2315 -- -- --
3NE1331-0 350 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP53 2350 3NP54 3350
3NE1331-2/-3 350 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP53 2350 3NP54 3350
3NE1332-0 400 690 gS 2 2x 95 3NP53 2400 3NP54 3400
3NE1332-2/-3 400 690 gR 2 2x 95 3NP53 2400 3NP54 3400
PH_07.book Seite 198 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
199
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Fuses
3NE1333-0 450 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP54 3450 -- -- --
3NE1333-2/-3 450 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP54 3450 -- -- --
3NE1334-0 500 690 gS 2 2x 120 3NP54 3500 -- -- --
3NE1334-2/-3 500 690 gR 2 2x 120 3NP54 3500 -- -- --
3NE1435-0 560 690 gS 3 2x 150 3NP54 3560 -- -- --
3NE1435-2/-3 560 690 gR 3 2x 150 3NP54 3560 -- -- --
3NE1436-0 630 690 gS 3 2x 185 3NP54 3630 -- -- --
3NE1436-2/-3 630 690 gR 3 2x 185 3NP54 3625 -- -- --
3NE1437-0 710 690 gS 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3710
5)
-- -- --
3NE1437-1 710 600 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3690
5)
-- -- --
3NE1437-2/-3 710 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3685
5)
-- -- --
3NE1438-0 800 690 gS 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3800
5)
-- -- --
3NE1438-1 800 600 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3750
5)
-- -- --
3NE1438-2/-3 800 690 gR 3 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3770
5)
-- -- --
3NE1447-2/-3 670 690 gR 3 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3655
5)
-- -- --
3NE1448-2/-3 850 690 gR 3 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3820
5)
-- -- --
3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 10 3NP50 00 40 -- -- --
3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 6 3NP50 00 35 -- -- --
3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 1.5 3NP50 00 16 -- -- --
3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 2.5 3NP50 00 20 -- -- --
3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 4 3NP50 00 25 -- -- --
3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 10 3NP50 00 50 -- -- --
3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 16 3NP50 00 63 -- -- --
3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 25 3NP50 00 80 -- -- --
3NE3221 100 1000 aR 1 35 3NP52 195 3NP53 2100
3NE3222 125 1000 aR 1 50 3NP52 1110 3NP53 2120
3NE3224 160 1000 aR 1 70 3NP52 1140 3NP53 2150
3NE3225 200 1000 aR 1 95 3NP52 1175 3NP53 2190
3NE3227 250 1000 aR 1 120 3NP52 1210 3NP53 2230
3NE3230-0B 315 1000 aR 1 185 3NP53 2285 -- -- --
3NE3231 350 1000 aR 1 240 3NP53 2310 -- -- --
3NE3232-0B 400 1000 aR 1 240 3NP53 2330 -- -- --
3NE3233 450 1000 aR 1 2x 150 3NP53 2360 -- -- --
3NE3332-0B 400 1000 aR 2 240 3NP54 3360 -- -- --
3NE3333 450 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP54 3400 -- -- --
3NE3334-0B 500 1000 aR 2 2x 150 3NP54 3450 -- -- --
3NE3335 560 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP54 3510 -- -- --
3NE3336 630 1000 aR 2 2x 185 3NP54 3580 -- -- --
3NE3337-8 710 900 aR 2 2x (40x5) 3NP54 3630 -- -- --
3NE3338-8 800 800 aR 2 2x 240 3NP54 3630 -- -- --
3NE3340-8 900 690 aR 2 2x (40x8) 3NP54 3630 -- -- --
3NE4101 32 1000 gR 0 6 3NP52 132 -- -- --
3NE4102 40 1000 gR 0 10 3NP52 140 -- -- --
3NE4117 50 1000 gR 0 10 3NP52 150 -- -- --
3NE4118 63 1000 aR 0 16 3NP52 163 -- -- --
3NE4120 80 1000 aR 0 25 3NP52 180 -- -- --
3NE4121 100 1000 aR 0 35 3NP52 195 -- -- --
3NE4122 125 1000 aR 0 50 3NP52 1120 -- -- --
3NE4124 160 1000 aR 0 70 3NP52 1150 -- -- --
3NE4327-0B 250 800 aR 2 150 3NP53 2210 3NP54 3220
3NE4330-0B 315 800 aR 2 240 3NP53 2270 3NP54 3285
3NE4333-0B 450 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP53 2400 3NP54 3420
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3NP5 for floor mounting
Type 3NP5 Alternative type 3NP5
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 199 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
200 Siemens · 10/2015
Fuses
Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
1)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades,
SITOR 3NE41 semiconductor fuses should only be switched
occasionally and only at zero current.
2)
For permissible load currents for 3NE8…-0MK, see Configuration Manual
"Fuse Systems", or on request
3)
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors may be operated at up to 1000 V AC/DC
with the following restrictions:
- Pollution degree 2 (instead of 3)
- AC20/DC20 - i. e. must not be switched under load
4)
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be further reduced
(precise values on request).
5)
The fuse can also be operated at a higher rated uninterrupted current than
the 630 A current of the 3NP54. However, in this case, the 3NP54 must not
be switched under load (utilization category AC-20).
3NE4334-0B 500 800 aR 2 2x (30x5) 3NP54 3450 -- -- --
3NE4337 710 800 aR 2 2x (50x5) 3NP54 3600 -- -- --
3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 4 3NP50 00 25 -- -- --
3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 6 3NP50 00 33 -- -- --
3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 10 3NP50 00 45 -- -- --
3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 3NP50 00 54 -- -- --
3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 25 3NP50 00 68 -- -- --
3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 35 3NP50 00 89 -- -- --
3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 50 3NP50 00 106 -- -- --
3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 70 3NP50 00 130 -- -- --
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
3NP5 for floor mounting
Type 3NP5 Alternative type 3NP5
Type
1)2)
Rated
current I
n
Rated
voltage
3)
Operatio-
nal class
Size Required con-
ductor cross-
section Cu
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
Type Size Permissible
load
current
4)
A V AC mm² A A
PH_07.book Seite 200 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
201
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Introduction
■
Overview
3NJ4/3NJ5 fuse switch disconnectors
All key product features at a glance
• Compliant with IEC/EN 60439-1, IEC/EN 60947-3
• Voltage levels up to 690 V AC
• Rated operational current from 160 A to 2000 A
• Fuse links according to IEC 60269 Part 1 can be used
– nickel-plated fuse blades are not permissible due to the
high transfer resistance
• In open position safe from touch by the back of the hand
(exception 3NJ56: IP00)
• Parking position for maintenance
• 1-pole or 3-pole switchable
• Vertical and horizontal mounting position
•Climate-proof
• Degree of protection IP30 with closed fuse carriers,
IP10 with open fuse carriers (exception 3NJ56: IP00)
Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in size 00
4
8
6
6
9
3
1
12
11
13
7
2
10
5
Cover
Terminal strip
Busbar terminal
Current transformer
Distance compensation
Flat connector
Saddle terminal
Prism terminal
Box terminal
Cover
3NJ4/5 fuse switch disconnector
Basic device size 00
Auxiliary switch mounting kit
Adapter for screw fixing
on busbar systems
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
uznWWWYZZ
PH_07.book Seite 201 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
202 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in sizes 1 to 3
■
Benefits
Parking position
For maintenance, e.g. of 1-pole switchable in-line fuse switch
disconnectors − sizes 1 to 3 − and for 3-pole switchable in-line
fuse switch disconnectors − size 00 − the fuse carriers can be
mounted after being turned by 180° (fuse facing outwards).
This results in the following advantages:
• Visible disconnection point
• Depot for fuse links (parking position)
• No opportunity for mistakes when replacing the fuse links
• Additional touch protection in the vicinity of the lyre-shaped
contacts
■
Application
3NJ41 and 3NJ56 single-pole and 3-pole in-line fuse switch dis-
connectors can be installed in low-voltage distribution boards,
substations and cable distribution cubicles.
Note:
For 1-pole switchable fuse switch disconnectors the following
applies acc. to EC/EN 60947-3: These devices are intended for
power distribution systems that may require the switching and/or
disconnection of individual outer conductors. They should not
be used for switching the primary circuits of 3-phase equipment.
4
7
6
8
3
1
2
9
5
Terminal strip
Distance
compensation
Auxiliary switch
Flat connector
Stud terminal
V terminal
Box terminal
Cover
3NJ4/5 fuse switch
disconnector
Basic device size 1/2/3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
uznWWWYZ[
PH_07.book Seite 202 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
203
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Introduction
■
Design
3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are designed − like the
complete 3NJ series − for mounting on 185 mm busbar systems.
They are available in the following sizes and versions:
• Size 1 for 250 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable
• Size 2 for 400 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable
• Size 3 for 630 A, 1- or 3-pole switchable
• Size 4a for 1250 A, 1-pole switchable
Size 00 for 160 A 3-pole switchable in-line fuse switch discon-
nectors are only available for 100 mm busbar center-to-center
clearance and only as a special version for 185 mm busbar
center-to-center clearance.
Instead of one size 1 to 3 in-line fuse switch disconnector, two
size 00 disconnectors with an adapter and masking frame can
be used on a 185 mm busbar system (see page 207).
The swiveling mechanism with 3-pole switchable disconnectors
of sizes 1 to 3 is lockable and ensures simultaneous switching of
all three phases.
For size 4 a there is not only the standard version
(W × H = 248 × 775 mm) but also a narrow design
(W × H = 147 × 1115 mm) available as a special version
(delivery options on request).
All 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are fed by way of the
busbars. The outgoing current is transported by cable; see the
adjacent graphic “Terminal positions".
With 3NJ41 in-line fuse switch disconnectors it is possible to
choose between having the cable connection on top or on bot-
tom (standard version) by turning the contact carrier. The top
part of these switch disconnectors can be removed completely.
This ensures easy mounting.
Inspection holes
All 3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors are equipped
− like the complete 3NJ series − with inspection holes for voltage
testing.
Mounting position
3NJ4/5 in-line fuse switch disconnectors can be mounted
vertically or horizontally. When mounted horizontally, however,
system-specific reduction factors and the coincidence factor
(DIN VDE 0660 Part 500 4.7) according to the applicable system
regulations must be observed.
Connections
Terminal positions
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
NSE0_00179a
PH_07.book Seite 203 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
204 Siemens · 10/2015
Introduction
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
■
Technical specifications
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3NJ410 3NJ412 3NJ413 3NJ414 3NJ56 3NJ415 3NJ418 3NJ416 3NJ417
Conventional thermal current
Free-air with gG fuses, I
th
A160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 1260 1600
Free-air with isolating blade, I
th
A-- -- -- 800 -- 1000 1250 1600 2000
Free-air with gTr fuses, I
th
A-- -- -- -- 1154 722 910 1154 1444
Rated apparent power of the transformer, S
n
kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 800 1000
For fuse links and isolating blades Size 00 1234a 3 3 2 x 3 2 x 3
gG according to IEC 60269, I
n
A160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
Free-air with isolating blade, I
n
A-- -- -- -- -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000
gTr according to VDE 0636-2011, I
rat
A-- -- -- -- 1154 722 909 2 x 577 2 x 722
gTr according to VDE 0636-2011, S
n
kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 2 x 400 2 x 500
Rated operational voltage U
e
At 40 Hz ...60 Hz AC
V690 690 690 690 690 690 400 690 400
Rated insulation voltage U
i
V800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 690 1000 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
kV 8 12 12 12 12 12 812 8
Rated conditional short-circuit current
with fuses, at 500 V AC
With gG fuse (rms value) kA 80/120 120 120 120 80 120 50 80 50
With gTr fuse (rms value) kA -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- --
Max. permissible power loss per fuse link W12 32 45 48 110 51 61 48 51
Rated short-time withstand current I
cw
rms value
kA -- 14.5 14.5 14.5 35 14.5 14.5 25 25
Rated making and breaking capacity
Rated operational current I
e
for gG fuses
At AC-21B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
AC-22B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
AC-23B 400 V AC A -- 250 400 -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-21B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-22B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-23B 500 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-21B 690 V AC A 100 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-22B 690 V AC A 100 250 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-23B 690 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Rated operational current I
e
for gTr fuses
At AC-22B 400 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- 722 910 2 x 577 2 x 722
Rated operational current I
e
for isolating blades
At AC-22B 400 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000
Capacitive switching capacity kvar -- 105 ...
115
155 ...
185
250 ...300 -- -- -- -- --
Permissible ambient temperature °C-25 ... +55, > 35 °C with derating factors
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1400 1400 800 800 500 800 500 500 500
Electrical endurance, operating cycles 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100
Degree of protection
With closed fuse carrier,
with terminal cover and side cover
IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP10 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30
With open fuse carrier IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10
Power loss of the main conducting paths at I
th
W18 23 54 115 190 275 155 350 375
Main conductor connections
Terminal screws M8 M10 M12 M12 M16 2 × M12 2 × M12 3 × M12 4 × M12
Flat bars mm 20 30 30 30 80 80 x 10 80 x 10 -- --
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section
(stranded)
mm
2
95 240 240 240 2 × 300 2 × 300 2 × 300 3 × 300
4 x 185
4 × 300
4 x 185
Tightening torque Nm 12 ... 15 30 ... 35 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40
Clamp/V terminals mm
2
1.5 ... 70 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 -- -- -- -- --
Fixing screws M8 M12 M12 M12 M16 M12 M12 M12 M12
Required tightening torque for
mounting on busbars
Nm 16 ... 18 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40
PH_07.book Seite 204 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
205
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
1-pole switchable
■
Dimensional drawings
3NJ4101-3BF01, 160 A
1-pole, switchable
3NJ41.1-3, 250 to 630 A
1-pole, switchable
3NJ56 43, 1250 A
1-pole, switchable
For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance
Panel cutout
With panel cutout for 3NJ56 43
NSE0_00925a
110
647
49
150
198
7
8,5
L1
80,5185
L2
185
L3
17
55
93
633
Switch position "OFF"Switch position "ON"
Type B
3NJ4121 23
3NJ4131 24
99 194
max.
15
100185185
100
NSE0_00241a
50
B52
154
30
662
min. 570
max. 635
248
464
240,5
9
Ø11
18x41
160
185185119
43
65
22,5
L2
50
70 70
200
L1 L3 L1
L2,L3
24
59 12
177,5
M16x60
NSE0_00247
409
775
uzlWWWY[_
140
109
328
169,5
185 185
PH_07.book Seite 205 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
206 Siemens · 10/2015
3-pole switchable
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
■
Dimensional drawings
3NJ4103-3BF02
3-pole, switchable
3N3NJ41J41 03-3BR02
3-pole, switchable
9x16
Ø9
9x16
18 19
3
46
415
50 87
122
120
249
45
73
169 150 92
NSE0_01589
100100160
300
55
20
85
Flat connectors
top
Flat connectors
bottom
9x16
Ø9
9x16
18
10
5
3
415
50 87
122
120
249
31
59
169 150 92
NSE0_01590
100100160
300
22
90
58
17
Flat connectors
top
Flat connectors
bottom
3NJ41.3-3,
250 to 1000 A
3-pole, switchable
Installation of the fuse switch disconnectors
on busbars
For 100 mm busbar center-to-center clearance
Installation of the fuse switch disconnectors
on busbars
For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance
Minimum clearance between conductive parts
of all busbars: 100 mm
C
A
Switch position ON"
"Switch position OFF"
"
unlocked
locked
B
Type
100
185
185
min. 570
52
154
Ø
100
NSE 00244a
662
99 194
14
14x18
50
30 C
335
467
max.
15
max. 635
3NJ41 23
3NJ41 33 24
23
3NJ41 43 25
Type C
3NJ4123 23
3NJ4133 24
3NJ4143 25
3NJ4153 25
3NJ4183 25
≥35
NSE0_00245
400
52
100100
≥50
max. 25
≥50 ≥50
722 ≥35
≥100
113
185
185
max. 36
NSE0_00246
≥100
PH_07.book Seite 206 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
207
Siemens · 10/2015
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Accessories
■
Dimensional drawings
Blanking cover
3NJ4912-2AA00
50 mm wide
for panel cutout
Blanking cover
3NJ4912-3BA01
100 mm wide
for 185 mm busbars
Blanking cover
3NJ4912-3CA00
50 mm wide
for 100 mm busbars
Busbar support
3NJ5974-0AB
Busbar terminal
3NJ4911-3AA00
Adapter
3NJ4918-0EA00
For 60 mm busbar center-to-center
clearance
Adapter
3NJ4918-0DA02
For 185 mm busbar center-to-center clearance
Cover (long)
3NJ4912-1DA02
For 185 mm busbar center-to-center
clearance
12
4,5
633
49,5
NSE0_00250a
185
185
99 20
36
572
70
28
L1
L2
L3
NSE0_01881
NSE0_01882
M8
52 200
410
50 298
64
Cover plate
made of plastic
Depth: 2 mm
38
25
Ø11
45
M101)
185185
100
100
185185
432
NSE0_00253a
Width of busbars as required, but
minimum clearance of 20 mm to
the next busbar or conductive parts
1) Maximum screw-in length 14 mm,
tightening torque 30 Nm.
uzlWWWY\]
26
13,5
34,5
50,5
27
M8
9,5
23,5
25,5
uzlWWWY\[
Ø12 M8
25
38
2
100
6060
SW 19 23
2
M8
20,5
100
185 185
100
50
450
M12
36
NSE0_01588
NSE0_01591a
135 227
50
662
PH_07.book Seite 207 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
208 Siemens · 10/2015
Notes
Switch Disconnectors
3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
PH_07.book Seite 208 Montag, 15. Februar 2016 9:15 09
© Siemens AG 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
The information provided in this brochure contains merely general
descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
Siemens AG
Energy Managment
Low Voltage & Products
Postfach 10 09 53
93009 REGENSBURG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice
PDF (3ZW1012-3NP11-0AC1)
PH 0216 208 En
Produced in Germany
© Siemens AG 2016
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
© Siemens AG 2016